1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
31 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
38 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
39 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
40 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
41 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
42 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
45 #include <algorithm>
46 #include <cstring>
47 #include <functional>
48 using namespace clang;
49 using namespace sema;
50 
51 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
52   if (OwnedType) {
53     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
54     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
55   }
56 
57   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
58 }
59 
60 namespace {
61 
62 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
63  public:
64   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
65       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
66     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
67     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
68     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
69   }
70 
71   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
72     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
73       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
74           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
75     else
76       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
77   }
78 
79  private:
80   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
81   bool WantClassName;
82 };
83 
84 }
85 
86 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
87 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
88   switch (Kind) {
89   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
90   // token kind is a valid type specifier
91   case tok::kw_short:
92   case tok::kw_long:
93   case tok::kw___int64:
94   case tok::kw___int128:
95   case tok::kw_signed:
96   case tok::kw_unsigned:
97   case tok::kw_void:
98   case tok::kw_char:
99   case tok::kw_int:
100   case tok::kw_half:
101   case tok::kw_float:
102   case tok::kw_double:
103   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
104   case tok::kw_bool:
105   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
106     return true;
107 
108   case tok::annot_typename:
109   case tok::kw_char16_t:
110   case tok::kw_char32_t:
111   case tok::kw_typeof:
112   case tok::kw_decltype:
113     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
114 
115   default:
116     break;
117   }
118 
119   return false;
120 }
121 
122 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
123 /// return the declaration of that type.
124 ///
125 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
126 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
127 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
128 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
129 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
130 ///
131 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
132 /// and then return NULL.
133 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
134                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
135                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
136                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
137                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
138                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
139                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
140   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
141   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
142   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
143     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
144     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
145       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
146   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
147     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
148 
149     if (!LookupCtx) {
150       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
151         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
152         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
153         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
154         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
155         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
156         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
157         //
158         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
159         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
160         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
161           return ParsedType();
162 
163         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
164         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
165         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
166           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
167 
168         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
169         QualType T =
170           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
171                             II, NameLoc);
172 
173           return ParsedType::make(T);
174       }
175 
176       return ParsedType();
177     }
178 
179     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
180         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
181       return ParsedType();
182   }
183 
184   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
185   // lookup for class-names.
186   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
187                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
188   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
189   if (LookupCtx) {
190     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
191     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
192     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
193     // nested-name-specifier.
194     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
195 
196     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
197       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
198       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
199       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
200       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
201       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
202       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
203       LookupName(Result, S);
204     }
205   } else {
206     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
207     LookupName(Result, S);
208   }
209 
210   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
211   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
212   case LookupResult::NotFound:
213   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
214     if (CorrectedII) {
215       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
216       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
217                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
218       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
219       TemplateTy Template;
220       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
221       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
222       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
223       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
224       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
225       if (SS && NNS) {
226         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
227         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
228       }
229       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
230           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
231           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
232           // is handled elsewhere).
233           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
234             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
235                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
236         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
237                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
238                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
239                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
240         if (Ty) {
241           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
242           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
243               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
244           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
245               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName
246               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
247                                               CorrectedStr);
248           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
249             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
250               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
251 
252           if (SS && NNS)
253             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
254           *CorrectedII = NewII;
255           return Ty;
256         }
257       }
258     }
259     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
260   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
261   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
262     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
263     return ParsedType();
264 
265   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
266     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
267     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
268     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
269     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
270     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
271     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
272       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
273       return ParsedType();
274     }
275 
276     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
277     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
278          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
279       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
280         if (!IIDecl ||
281             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
282               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
283           IIDecl = *Res;
284       }
285     }
286 
287     if (!IIDecl) {
288       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
289       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
290       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
291       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
292       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
293       // a type name.
294       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
295       return ParsedType();
296     }
297 
298     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
299     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
300     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
301     // perform the name lookup again.
302     break;
303 
304   case LookupResult::Found:
305     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
306     break;
307   }
308 
309   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
310 
311   QualType T;
312   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
313     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
314 
315     if (T.isNull())
316       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
317 
318     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
319     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
320     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
321     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
322       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
323         // Construct a type with type-source information.
324         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
325         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
326 
327         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
328         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
329         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
330         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
331         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
332       } else {
333         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
334       }
335     }
336   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
337     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
338     if (!HasTrailingDot)
339       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
340   }
341 
342   if (T.isNull()) {
343     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
344     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
345     return ParsedType();
346   }
347   return ParsedType::make(T);
348 }
349 
350 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
351 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
352 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
353 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
354 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
355 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
356   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
357   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
358   LookupName(R, S, false);
359   R.suppressDiagnostics();
360   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
361     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
362       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
363       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
364       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
365       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
366       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
367       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
368       }
369     }
370 
371   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
372 }
373 
374 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
375 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
376 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
377 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
378 /// @code
379 /// template<class T> class A {
380 /// public:
381 ///   typedef int TYPE;
382 /// };
383 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
384 /// public:
385 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
386 /// };
387 /// @endcode
388 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
389   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
390     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
391 
392     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
393     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
394           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
395       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
396         return true;
397     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
398   }
399   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
400 }
401 
402 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
403                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
404                                    Scope *S,
405                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
406                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
407   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
408   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
409 
410   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
411   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
412   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
413   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
414                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
415                                              Validator)) {
416     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
417     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
418 
419     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
420       // We corrected to a keyword.
421       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
422       if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID()))
423         CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr;
424       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
425         << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
426         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
427       II = NewII;
428     } else {
429       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
430       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
431       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
432         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
433           << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
434           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
435       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
436         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
437           << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
438           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
439                                           CorrectedStr);
440       else
441         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
442 
443       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
444         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
445 
446       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
447                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
448                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
449                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
450     }
451     return true;
452   }
453 
454   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
455     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
456     UnqualifiedId Name;
457     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
458     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
459     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
460     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
461     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
462                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
463                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
464       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
465       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
466       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
467         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
468           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
469       }
470       return true;
471     }
472   }
473 
474   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
475   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
476 
477   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
478     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
479   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
480     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
481       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
482   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
483     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
484     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
485       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
486 
487     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
488       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
489       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
490       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
491     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
492                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
493   } else {
494     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
495            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
496   }
497 
498   return true;
499 }
500 
501 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
502 /// or
503 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
504   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
505                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
506 
507   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
508     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
509       return true;
510 
511     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
512       return true;
513   }
514 
515   return false;
516 }
517 
518 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
519                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
520                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
521                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
522   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
523   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
524   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
525     const char *TagName = 0;
526     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
527     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
528       case TTK_Class:
529         TagName = "class";
530         FixItTagName = "class ";
531         break;
532 
533       case TTK_Enum:
534         TagName = "enum";
535         FixItTagName = "enum ";
536         break;
537 
538       case TTK_Struct:
539         TagName = "struct";
540         FixItTagName = "struct ";
541         break;
542 
543       case TTK_Interface:
544         TagName = "__interface";
545         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
546         break;
547 
548       case TTK_Union:
549         TagName = "union";
550         FixItTagName = "union ";
551         break;
552     }
553 
554     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
555       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
556       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
557 
558     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
559          I != IEnd; ++I)
560       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
561         << Name << TagName;
562 
563     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
564     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
565     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
566     return true;
567   }
568 
569   return false;
570 }
571 
572 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
573 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
574                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
575   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
576 
577   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
578   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
579 
580   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
581   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
582   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
583   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
584   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
585 }
586 
587 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
588                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
589                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
590                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
591                                             const Token &NextToken,
592                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
593                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
594   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
595   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
596 
597   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
598     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
599                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
600 
601   }
602 
603   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
604   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
605 
606   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
607   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
608   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
609   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
610   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
611     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
612     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
613       return E;
614   }
615 
616   bool SecondTry = false;
617   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
618 
619 Corrected:
620   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
621   case LookupResult::NotFound:
622     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
623     // call.
624     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
625       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
626       // FIXME: Reference?
627       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
628         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
629 
630       // C90 6.3.2.2:
631       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
632       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
633       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
634       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
635       //   the function call, the declaration
636       //
637       //     extern int identifier ();
638       //
639       //   appeared.
640       //
641       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
642       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
643         Result.addDecl(D);
644         Result.resolveKind();
645         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
646       }
647     }
648 
649     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
650     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
651     // "struct", or "union".
652     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
653         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
654       break;
655     }
656 
657     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
658     // close to this name.
659     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
660       SecondTry = true;
661       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
662                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
663                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
664         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
665         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
666         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
667         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
668 
669         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
670         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
671           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
672         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
673             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
674           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
675           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
676         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
677                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
678                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
679                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
680            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
681            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
682          }
683 
684         if (SS.isEmpty())
685           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
686             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
687             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
688         else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
689           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
690             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
691             << SS.getRange()
692             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
693                                             CorrectedStr);
694 
695         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
696         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
697 
698         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
699         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
700           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
701 
702         // Also update the LookupResult...
703         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
704         Result.clear();
705         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
706         if (FirstDecl) {
707           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
708           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
709             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
710         }
711 
712         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
713         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
714         // reference the ivar.
715         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
716         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
717           Result.clear();
718           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
719           return E;
720         }
721 
722         goto Corrected;
723       }
724     }
725 
726     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
727     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
728     return NameClassification::Unknown();
729 
730   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
731     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
732     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
733     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
734 
735     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
736     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
737     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
738     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
739     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
740     //
741     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
742     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
743     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
744     // keyword here.
745     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
746                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
747                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
748   }
749 
750   case LookupResult::Found:
751   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
752   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
753     break;
754 
755   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
756     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
757         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
758       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
759       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
760       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
761       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
762       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
763       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
764       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
765       //   ambiguous.
766       //
767       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
768       // so try again after filtering out template names.
769       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
770       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
771         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
772         break;
773       }
774     }
775 
776     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
777     return NameClassification::Error();
778   }
779 
780   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
781       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
782     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
783     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
784     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
785     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
786     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
787     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
788     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
789       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
790 
791     if (!Result.empty()) {
792       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
793       TemplateName Template;
794       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
795         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
796         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
797                                                      Result.end());
798       } else {
799         TemplateDecl *TD
800           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
801         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
802 
803         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
804           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
805                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
806                                                       TD);
807         else
808           Template = TemplateName(TD);
809       }
810 
811       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
812         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
813         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
814         // to based on which function we selected.
815         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
816 
817         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
818       }
819 
820       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
821     }
822   }
823 
824   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
825   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
826     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
827     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
828     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
829       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
830     return ParsedType::make(T);
831   }
832 
833   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
834   if (!Class) {
835     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
836     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
837                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
838       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
839   }
840 
841   if (Class) {
842     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
843 
844     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
845       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
846       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
847       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
848       return NameClassification::Unknown();
849     }
850 
851     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
852     return ParsedType::make(T);
853   }
854 
855   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
856   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
857     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
858         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
859 
860   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
861   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
862   if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
863     bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
864     if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
865          (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
866         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
867       TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
868       DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
869       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
870       if (SS.isNotEmpty())
871         return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
872       return ParsedType::make(T);
873     }
874   }
875 
876   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
877     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
878 
879   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
880   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
881 }
882 
883 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
884 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
885 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
886 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
887 
888   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
889   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
890   // the context we'll need to return to.
891   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
892     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
893 
894     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
895     // lexical context.
896     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
897       return DC;
898 
899     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
900     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
901     // class is the context we need to return to.
902     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
903       DC = RD;
904 
905     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
906     // declared in.
907     return DC;
908   }
909 
910   return DC->getLexicalParent();
911 }
912 
913 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
914   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
915       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
916   CurContext = DC;
917   S->setEntity(DC);
918 }
919 
920 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
921   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
922 
923   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
924   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
925 }
926 
927 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
928 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
929 ///
930 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
931   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
932   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
933   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
934   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
935   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
936   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
937   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
938   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
939   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
940   //   namespace.
941   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
942   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
943   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
944   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
945   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
946 
947   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
948 
949 #ifndef NDEBUG
950   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
951   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
952   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
953 #endif
954 
955   CurContext = DC;
956   S->setEntity(DC);
957 }
958 
959 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
960   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
961 
962   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
963   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
964   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
965   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
966   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
967 
968   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
969   // disappear.
970 }
971 
972 
973 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
974   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
975   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
976     // We assume that the caller has already called
977     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
978     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
979   }
980   if (!FD)
981     return;
982 
983   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
984   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
985   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
986     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
987   CurContext = FD;
988   S->setEntity(CurContext);
989 
990   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
991     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
992     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
993     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
994       S->AddDecl(Param);
995       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
996     }
997   }
998 }
999 
1000 
1001 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1002   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1003   // rather than the top-level class.
1004   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1005   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1006   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1007 }
1008 
1009 
1010 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1011 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1012 ///
1013 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1014 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1015 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1016 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1017 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1018 /// attribute.
1019 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1020                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1021   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1022     return true;
1023 
1024   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1025     return true;
1026 
1027   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1028           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1029 }
1030 
1031 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1032 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1033   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1034   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1035   // scope.
1036   while (S->getEntity() &&
1037          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
1038     S = S->getParent();
1039 
1040   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1041   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1042   // into any context.
1043   if (AddToContext)
1044     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1045 
1046   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
1047   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
1048   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
1049       D->isOutOfLine() &&
1050       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1051         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1052     return;
1053 
1054   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1055   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1056       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1057     return;
1058 
1059   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1060   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1061                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1062   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1063     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1064       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1065       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1066 
1067       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1068       break;
1069     }
1070   }
1071 
1072   S->AddDecl(D);
1073 
1074   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1075     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1076     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1077     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1078     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1079       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1080       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1081         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1082           continue;
1083       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1084         break;
1085     }
1086 
1087     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1088   } else {
1089     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1090   }
1091 }
1092 
1093 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1094   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1095     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1096 }
1097 
1098 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1099                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1100   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S,
1101                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1102 }
1103 
1104 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1105   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1106   do {
1107     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1108       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1109         return S;
1110   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1111 
1112   return 0;
1113 }
1114 
1115 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1116                                             DeclContext*,
1117                                             ASTContext&);
1118 
1119 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1120 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1121 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1122                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1123                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1124                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1125   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1126   while (F.hasNext()) {
1127     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1128 
1129     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1130       continue;
1131 
1132     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1133         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1134       continue;
1135 
1136     F.erase();
1137   }
1138 
1139   F.done();
1140 }
1141 
1142 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1143   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1144          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1145          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1146 }
1147 
1148 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1149 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1150   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1151   while (F.hasNext())
1152     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1153       F.erase();
1154 
1155   F.done();
1156 }
1157 
1158 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1159 /// @code
1160 /// class S {
1161 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1162 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1163 /// };
1164 /// @endcode
1165 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1166   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1167   // the decl here.
1168   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1169     return false;
1170 
1171   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1172     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1173   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1174     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1175   return false;
1176 }
1177 
1178 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1179   assert(D);
1180 
1181   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1182     return false;
1183 
1184   // Ignore class templates.
1185   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1186       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1187     return false;
1188 
1189   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1190     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1191       return false;
1192 
1193     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1194       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1195         return false;
1196     } else {
1197       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1198       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1199           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1200         return false;
1201     }
1202 
1203     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1204         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1205       return false;
1206   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1207     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1208         VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
1209         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1210       return false;
1211 
1212     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1213         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1214       return false;
1215 
1216   } else {
1217     return false;
1218   }
1219 
1220   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1221   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1222     return false;
1223 
1224   return true;
1225 }
1226 
1227 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1228   if (!D)
1229     return;
1230 
1231   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1232     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1233     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1234       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1235   }
1236 
1237   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1238     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1239     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1240       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1241   }
1242 
1243   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1244     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1245 }
1246 
1247 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1248   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1249     return false;
1250 
1251   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1252     return false;
1253 
1254   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1255     return true;
1256 
1257   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1258   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1259       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1260     return false;
1261 
1262   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1263   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1264 
1265     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1266     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1267 
1268     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1269     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1270       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1271         return false;
1272     }
1273 
1274     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1275     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1276     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1277       return false;
1278 
1279     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1280       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1281       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1282         return false;
1283 
1284       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1285         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1286           return false;
1287 
1288         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1289           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1290             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1291           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1292             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1293             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1294               return false;
1295           }
1296         }
1297       }
1298     }
1299 
1300     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1301   }
1302 
1303   return true;
1304 }
1305 
1306 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1307                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1308   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1309     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1310                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1311     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1312       return;
1313     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1314                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1315   }
1316   return;
1317 }
1318 
1319 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1320 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1321 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1322   FixItHint Hint;
1323   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1324     return;
1325 
1326   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1327 
1328   unsigned DiagID;
1329   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1330     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1331   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1332     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1333   else
1334     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1335 
1336   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1337 }
1338 
1339 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1340   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1341   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1342   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1343   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1344     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1345 }
1346 
1347 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1348   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1349   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1350          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1351 
1352   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1353        I != E; ++I) {
1354     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1355     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1356 
1357     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1358     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1359 
1360     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1361 
1362     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1363     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1364       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1365 
1366     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1367     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1368       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1369 
1370     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1371     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1372   }
1373 }
1374 
1375 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1376   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1377 }
1378 
1379 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1380   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1381   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1382 }
1383 
1384 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1385 ///
1386 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1387 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1388 /// to the fixed name.
1389 ///
1390 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1391 ///
1392 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1393 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1394 ///
1395 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1396 /// class could not be found.
1397 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1398                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1399                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1400   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1401   // creation from this context.
1402   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1403 
1404   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1405     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1406     // find an Objective-C class name.
1407     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1408     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1409                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1410                                        Validator)) {
1411       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1412       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1413         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1414         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1415       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1416         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1417 
1418       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1419     }
1420   }
1421   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1422   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1423   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1424       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1425   return Def;
1426 }
1427 
1428 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1429 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1430 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1431 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1432 /// ill-formed in C++:
1433 /// @code
1434 /// struct S6 {
1435 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1436 /// };
1437 ///
1438 /// void test_S6() {
1439 ///   struct S6 a;
1440 ///   a.e = BAR;
1441 /// }
1442 /// @endcode
1443 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1444 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1445 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1446 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1447 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1448 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1449 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1450 /// contain non-field names.
1451 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1452   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1453          (S->getEntity() &&
1454           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1455          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1456     S = S->getParent();
1457   return S;
1458 }
1459 
1460 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1461 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1462 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1463 /// built-in.
1464 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1465                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1466                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1467   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1468 
1469   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1470   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1471   switch (Error) {
1472   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1473     // Okay
1474     break;
1475 
1476   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1477     if (ForRedeclaration)
1478       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1479         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1480     return 0;
1481 
1482   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1483     if (ForRedeclaration)
1484       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1485         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1486     return 0;
1487 
1488   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1489     if (ForRedeclaration)
1490       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1491         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1492     return 0;
1493   }
1494 
1495   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1496     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1497       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1498       << R;
1499     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1500         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1501           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1502       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1503         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1504         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1505   }
1506 
1507   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1508                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1509                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1510                                            SC_Extern,
1511                                            SC_None, false,
1512                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1513   New->setImplicit();
1514 
1515   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1516   // FunctionDecl.
1517   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1518     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1519     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1520       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1521         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1522                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1523                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1524                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1525       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1526       Params.push_back(parm);
1527     }
1528     New->setParams(Params);
1529   }
1530 
1531   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1532 
1533   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1534   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1535   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1536   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1537   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1538   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1539   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1540   CurContext = SavedContext;
1541   return New;
1542 }
1543 
1544 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1545   QualType OldType;
1546   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1547     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1548   else
1549     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1550   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1551 
1552   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1553     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1554     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1555     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1556       << Kind << NewType;
1557     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1558       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1559     New->setInvalidDecl();
1560     return true;
1561   }
1562 
1563   if (OldType != NewType &&
1564       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1565       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1566       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1567     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1568     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1569       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1570     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1571       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1572     New->setInvalidDecl();
1573     return true;
1574   }
1575   return false;
1576 }
1577 
1578 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1579 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1580 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1581 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1582 ///
1583 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1584   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1585   // merging checks.
1586   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1587 
1588   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1589   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1590   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1591     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1592     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1593     default: break;
1594     case 2:
1595       {
1596         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1597           break;
1598         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1599         if (!T->isPointerType())
1600           break;
1601         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1602           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1603           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1604             break;
1605         }
1606         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1607         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1608         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1609         return;
1610       }
1611     case 5:
1612       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1613         break;
1614       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1615       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1616       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1617       return;
1618     case 3:
1619       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1620         break;
1621       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1622       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1623       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1624       return;
1625     }
1626     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1627   }
1628 
1629   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1630   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1631   if (!Old) {
1632     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1633       << New->getDeclName();
1634 
1635     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1636     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1637       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1638 
1639     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1640   }
1641 
1642   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1643   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1644     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1645 
1646   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1647   // with any extensions enabled.
1648   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1649     return;
1650 
1651   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1652   // declaration was a typedef.
1653   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1654     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1655 
1656   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1657     return;
1658 
1659   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1660     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1661     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1662     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1663     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1664     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1665       return;
1666 
1667     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1668     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1669     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1670     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1671     //
1672     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1673     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1674     //
1675     //   struct S {
1676     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1677     //   };
1678     //
1679     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1680     // allow the above but disallow
1681     //
1682     //   struct S {
1683     //     typedef int I;
1684     //     typedef int I;
1685     //   };
1686     //
1687     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1688     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1689       return;
1690 
1691     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1692       << New->getDeclName();
1693     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1694     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1695   }
1696 
1697   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1698   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1699     return;
1700 
1701   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1702   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1703   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1704   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1705   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1706       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1707        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1708     return;
1709 
1710   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1711     << New->getDeclName();
1712   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1713   return;
1714 }
1715 
1716 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1717 /// attribute.
1718 static bool
1719 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1720   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1721   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1722   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1723   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1724   if (AA)
1725     return false;
1726 
1727   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1728   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1729   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1730     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1731       if (Ann) {
1732         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1733           return true;
1734         continue;
1735       }
1736       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1737       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1738         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1739       return true;
1740     }
1741 
1742   return false;
1743 }
1744 
1745 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) {
1746   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1747   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1748     NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1749                                     AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1750                                     AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1751                                     AA->getMessage());
1752   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1753     NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility());
1754   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1755     NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange());
1756   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1757     NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange());
1758   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1759     NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1760                               FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg());
1761   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1762     NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName());
1763   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1764     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context));
1765 
1766   if (NewAttr) {
1767     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1768     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1769     return true;
1770   }
1771 
1772   return false;
1773 }
1774 
1775 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1776   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1777     return TD->getDefinition();
1778   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1779     return VD->getDefinition();
1780   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1781     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1782     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
1783       return Def;
1784   }
1785   return NULL;
1786 }
1787 
1788 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1789   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
1790        I != E; ++I) {
1791     Attr *Attribute = *I;
1792     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
1793       return true;
1794   }
1795   return false;
1796 }
1797 
1798 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
1799 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
1800 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
1801   if (!New->hasAttrs())
1802     return;
1803 
1804   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
1805   if (!Def || Def == New)
1806     return;
1807 
1808   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
1809   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
1810     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
1811     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
1812       ++I;
1813       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
1814     }
1815     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
1816            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
1817     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1818     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
1819     --E;
1820   }
1821 }
1822 
1823 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1824 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old,
1825                                bool MergeDeprecation) {
1826   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
1827   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
1828 
1829   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
1830     return;
1831 
1832   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
1833 
1834   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1835   // we process them.
1836   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1837 
1838   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1839          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1840          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
1841        i != e; ++i) {
1842     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
1843     if (!MergeDeprecation &&
1844         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
1845          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
1846          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
1847       continue;
1848 
1849     if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i))
1850       foundAny = true;
1851   }
1852 
1853   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
1854 }
1855 
1856 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1857 /// to the new one.
1858 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1859                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1860                                      ASTContext &C) {
1861   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1862     return;
1863 
1864   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1865 
1866   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1867   // done before we process them.
1868   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1869 
1870   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1871        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1872        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1873     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1874       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1875       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1876       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1877       foundAny = true;
1878     }
1879   }
1880 
1881   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1882 }
1883 
1884 namespace {
1885 
1886 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1887 /// C.
1888 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1889   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1890   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1891   QualType PromotedType;
1892 };
1893 
1894 }
1895 
1896 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1897 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1898   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1899     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1900       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1901 
1902     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1903       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1904 
1905     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1906       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1907   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1908     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1909   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1910     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1911   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1912     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1913   }
1914 
1915   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1916 }
1917 
1918 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1919 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1920 /// GNU89 mode.
1921 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1922                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1923   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
1924           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1925           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1926           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1927 }
1928 
1929 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given
1930 /// declaration?
1931 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) {
1932   CallingConv ABIDefaultCC;
1933   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) {
1934     ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic());
1935   } else {
1936     // Free C function or a static method.
1937     ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C);
1938   }
1939   return ABIDefaultCC == CC;
1940 }
1941 
1942 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1943 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1944 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1945 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1946 ///
1947 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1948 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1949 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1950 /// merged with.
1951 ///
1952 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1953 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
1954   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1955   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
1956   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
1957         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
1958     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1959   else
1960     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
1961   if (!Old) {
1962     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
1963       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
1964       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1965            diag::note_using_decl_target);
1966       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1967            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
1968       return true;
1969     }
1970 
1971     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1972       << New->getDeclName();
1973     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1974     return true;
1975   }
1976 
1977   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1978   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1979   diag::kind PrevDiag;
1980   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1981     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
1982   else if (Old->isImplicit())
1983     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
1984   else
1985     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
1986 
1987   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
1988   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1989 
1990   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1991   // is an extern inline function.
1992   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
1993       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1994       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
1995       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
1996     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
1997       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
1998       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1999     } else {
2000       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2001       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2002       return true;
2003     }
2004   }
2005 
2006   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
2007   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
2008   // calling convention of the first.
2009   //
2010   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2011   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2012   //
2013   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
2014   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
2015   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
2016   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
2017   // because it is the default calling convention.
2018   //
2019   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2020   // other tests to run.
2021   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2022   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2023   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2024   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2025   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2026   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2027     // Fast path: nothing to do.
2028 
2029   // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2030   // there but not here.
2031   } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
2032     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2033     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2034 
2035   // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is
2036   // effectively the same as the explict one.
2037   } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default &&
2038              isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) {
2039     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2040     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2041 
2042   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
2043                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
2044     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
2045     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2046       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2047       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
2048       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
2049           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
2050     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2051     return true;
2052   }
2053 
2054   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2055   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2056     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2057     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2058   }
2059 
2060   // Merge regparm attribute.
2061   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2062       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2063     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2064       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2065         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2066         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2067       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2068       return true;
2069     }
2070 
2071     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2072     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2073   }
2074 
2075   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2076   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2077     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2078       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2079       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2080       return true;
2081     }
2082 
2083     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2084     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2085   }
2086 
2087   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2088     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
2089     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
2090     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2091   }
2092 
2093   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2094     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2095     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2096     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2097     //        cannot be overloaded.
2098     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2099     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2100     QualType ResQT;
2101     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2102       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2103           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2104         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2105       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2106         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2107           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2108                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2109         else
2110           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2111         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2112         return true;
2113       }
2114       else
2115         NewQType = ResQT;
2116     }
2117 
2118     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2119     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2120     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2121       // Preserve triviality.
2122       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2123 
2124       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2125       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2126       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2127       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2128                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2129                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2130       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2131 
2132       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2133           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2134         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2135         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2136         //       is a static member function declaration.
2137         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2138           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2139           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2140           return true;
2141         }
2142 
2143         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2144         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2145         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2146         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2147         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2148           unsigned NewDiag;
2149           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2150             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2151           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2152             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2153           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2154             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2155           else
2156             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2157 
2158           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2159         } else {
2160           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2161             << New << New->getType();
2162         }
2163         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2164 
2165       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2166       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2167       //
2168       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2169       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2170       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2171         if (isFriend) {
2172           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2173         } else {
2174           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2175                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2176             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2177           return true;
2178         }
2179       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2180         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2181              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2182           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2183         return true;
2184       }
2185     }
2186 
2187     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2188     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2189     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2190     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2191 
2192     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2193     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2194     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2195       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2196       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2197         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2198       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2199       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2200     }
2201 
2202     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2203       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2204 
2205     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2206   }
2207 
2208   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2209   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2210   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2211       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2212     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2213     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2214     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2215     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2216         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2217       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2218       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2219       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2220       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2221                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2222       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2223                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
2224                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2225       New->setType(NewQType);
2226       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2227 
2228       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2229       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2230       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2231              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2232              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2233            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2234         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2235                                                  SourceLocation(),
2236                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2237                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2238                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
2239                                                  0);
2240         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2241         Param->setImplicit();
2242         Params.push_back(Param);
2243       }
2244 
2245       New->setParams(Params);
2246     }
2247 
2248     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2249   }
2250 
2251   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2252   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2253   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2254   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2255   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2256   // the prototype.
2257   //
2258   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2259   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2260   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2261   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2262   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2263       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2264       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2265       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2266     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2267     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2268     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2269       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2270     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2271       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2272 
2273     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2274     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2275                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2276     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2277     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2278          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2279       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2280       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2281       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2282                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2283         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2284       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2285                                             NewParm->getType(),
2286                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2287         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2288           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2289         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2290         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2291       } else
2292         LooseCompatible = false;
2293     }
2294 
2295     if (LooseCompatible) {
2296       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2297         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2298              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2299           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2300           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2301         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2302           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2303                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2304       }
2305 
2306       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
2307                                            ArgTypes.size(),
2308                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2309       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2310     }
2311 
2312     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2313   }
2314 
2315   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
2316   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
2317   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
2318     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
2319     // signature.
2320     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2321       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
2322       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
2323       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
2324       // library built-in.
2325       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2326       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2327         << Old << Old->getType();
2328       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2329       Old->setInvalidDecl();
2330       return false;
2331     }
2332 
2333     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2334   }
2335 
2336   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2337   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2338   return true;
2339 }
2340 
2341 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2342 /// known to be compatible.
2343 ///
2344 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2345 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2346 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2347 /// redeclaration of Old.
2348 ///
2349 /// \returns false
2350 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2351                                         Scope *S) {
2352   // Merge the attributes
2353   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2354 
2355   // Merge the storage class.
2356   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
2357       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
2358     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2359 
2360   // Merge "pure" flag.
2361   if (Old->isPure())
2362     New->setPure();
2363 
2364   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2365   // declarations.
2366   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2367     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2368       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2369                                Context);
2370 
2371   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2372     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2373 
2374   return false;
2375 }
2376 
2377 
2378 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2379                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2380 
2381   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2382   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true);
2383 
2384   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2385   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2386                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2387   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2388          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2389        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2390     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2391 
2392   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2393 }
2394 
2395 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2396 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2397 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2398 ///
2399 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2400 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2401 /// is attached.
2402 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2403   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2404     return;
2405 
2406   QualType MergedT;
2407   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2408     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2409     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2410       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2411       return;
2412     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2413       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2414       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2415     }
2416     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2417     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2418     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2419     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2420     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2421     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2422              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2423       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2424         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2425       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2426         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2427       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2428         MergedT = New->getType();
2429     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2430              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2431       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2432         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2433       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2434         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2435       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2436         MergedT = Old->getType();
2437     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2438                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2439         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2440                                                         Old->getType());
2441     }
2442   } else {
2443     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2444   }
2445   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2446     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2447       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2448     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2449     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2450   }
2451   New->setType(MergedT);
2452 }
2453 
2454 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2455 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2456 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2457 ///
2458 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2459 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2460 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2461 ///
2462 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2463   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2464   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2465     return;
2466 
2467   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2468   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2469   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2470       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2471     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2472       << New->getDeclName();
2473     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2474          diag::note_previous_definition);
2475     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2476   }
2477 
2478   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2479   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2480   //
2481   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2482   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2483     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2484       << New->getIdentifier();
2485     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2486     New->setInvalidDecl();
2487   }
2488 
2489   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2490   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2491   // declaration
2492   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2493       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2494       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2495     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2496     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2497     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2498     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2499   }
2500 
2501   // Merge the types.
2502   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2503   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2504     return;
2505 
2506   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2507   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2508       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2509     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2510     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2511     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2512   }
2513   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2514   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2515   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2516   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2517   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2518   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2519   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2520   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2521   //   identifier has external linkage.
2522   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2523     /* Okay */;
2524   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2525            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2526     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2527     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2528     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2529   }
2530 
2531   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2532   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2533       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2534     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2535     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2536     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2537   }
2538   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2539       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2540     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2541     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2542     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2543   }
2544 
2545   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2546 
2547   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2548   // need to check for mismatches.
2549   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2550       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2551       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2552         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2553     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2554     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2555     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2556   }
2557 
2558   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2559     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2560     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2561   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2562     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2563     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2564   }
2565 
2566   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2567   const VarDecl *Def;
2568   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2569       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2570       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2571     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2572       << New->getDeclName();
2573     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2574     New->setInvalidDecl();
2575     return;
2576   }
2577   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2578   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2579   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2580   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2581   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2582   // specified at the prior declaration.
2583   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2584   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2585       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
2586       New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
2587     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2588 
2589   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2590   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2591 
2592   // Inherit access appropriately.
2593   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2594 }
2595 
2596 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2597 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2598 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2599                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2600   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
2601 }
2602 
2603 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2604 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2605 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2606 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2607                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2608                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2609   Decl *TagD = 0;
2610   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2611   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2612       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2613       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
2614       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2615       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2616     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2617 
2618     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2619       return 0;
2620 
2621     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2622     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2623     // it's a Type.
2624     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
2625       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2626     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
2627       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
2628   }
2629 
2630   if (Tag) {
2631     Tag->setFreeStanding();
2632     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
2633       return Tag;
2634   }
2635 
2636   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2637     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2638     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2639     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2640       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2641            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2642            << DS.getSourceRange();
2643   }
2644 
2645   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2646     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2647     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2648     if (Tag)
2649       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2650         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2651             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2652             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
2653             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
2654     else
2655       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2656     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2657     return TagD;
2658   }
2659 
2660   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2661     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2662     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2663     if (TagD && !Tag)
2664       return 0;
2665     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2666   }
2667 
2668   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2669   // declarators.
2670   bool emittedWarning = false;
2671 
2672   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2673     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
2674         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2675       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
2676           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2677         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2678 
2679       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2680         << DS.getSourceRange();
2681       emittedWarning = true;
2682     }
2683   }
2684 
2685   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2686   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2687       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2688       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2689     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2690     //   struct STRUCT;
2691     // and
2692     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2693     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2694     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
2695         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2696          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2697       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2698         << DS.getSourceRange();
2699       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2700     }
2701   }
2702 
2703   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2704       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2705     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2706       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2707           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2708         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2709           << DS.getSourceRange();
2710         emittedWarning = true;
2711       }
2712 
2713   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2714   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2715 
2716   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2717     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2718     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2719     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2720         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2721       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2722         << DS.getSourceRange();
2723       return Tag;
2724     }
2725 
2726     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2727       << DS.getSourceRange();
2728     emittedWarning = true;
2729   }
2730 
2731   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2732   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2733   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2734   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2735     return TagD;
2736 
2737   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2738   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2739   // useless.
2740   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2741     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2742       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2743         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2744 
2745   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2746     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2747   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2748     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2749       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2750     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2751       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2752     // Restrict is covered above.
2753   }
2754   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2755     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2756   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2757     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2758   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2759     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2760 
2761   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2762       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2763     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2764       << Tag->getTagKind()
2765       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2766 
2767   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
2768   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
2769   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
2770   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
2771     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
2772     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2773         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2774         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
2775         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2776         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2777       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
2778       while (attrs) {
2779         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
2780         << attrs->getName()
2781         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2782             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2783             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
2784             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
2785         attrs = attrs->getNext();
2786       }
2787     }
2788   }
2789 
2790   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
2791 
2792   return TagD;
2793 }
2794 
2795 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2796 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2797 ///
2798 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2799 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2800                                          Scope *S,
2801                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2802                                          DeclarationName Name,
2803                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2804                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2805   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2806                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2807   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2808 
2809   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2810     return false;
2811 
2812   // Pick a representative declaration.
2813   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2814   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2815 
2816   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2817     return false;
2818 
2819   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2820   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2821 
2822   return true;
2823 }
2824 
2825 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2826 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2827 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2828 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2829 /// struct, e.g.,
2830 ///
2831 /// @code
2832 /// union {
2833 ///   int i;
2834 ///   float f;
2835 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2836 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2837 /// @endcode
2838 ///
2839 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2840 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2841 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2842                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2843                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2844                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2845                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2846                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2847   unsigned diagKind
2848     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2849                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2850 
2851   bool Invalid = false;
2852 
2853   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2854   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2855                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2856        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2857     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2858         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2859       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2860       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2861                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2862         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2863         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2864         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2865         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2866         Invalid = true;
2867       } else {
2868         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2869         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2870         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2871         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2872         //   anonymous union is declared.
2873         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2874         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2875           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2876                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2877             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2878         else
2879           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2880 
2881         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2882         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2883           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2884         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2885           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2886 
2887         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2888           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2889                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2890                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2891 
2892         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2893         IndirectField->setImplicit();
2894         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
2895 
2896         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
2897         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2898 
2899         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
2900       }
2901     }
2902   }
2903 
2904   return Invalid;
2905 }
2906 
2907 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2908 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2909 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2910 static StorageClass
2911 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2912   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2913   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2914   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2915   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2916   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
2917   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
2918   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2919     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2920   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2921   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2922   }
2923   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2924 }
2925 
2926 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2927 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2928 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2929 static StorageClass
2930 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2931   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2932   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2933   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2934   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2935   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2936     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2937   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
2938   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2939   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
2940   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2941   }
2942   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2943 }
2944 
2945 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
2946 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
2947 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
2948 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
2949 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2950                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
2951                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
2952   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
2953 
2954   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
2955   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
2956     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
2957   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2958     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
2959   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
2960     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
2961 
2962   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
2963   // structs/unions.
2964   bool Invalid = false;
2965   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2966     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
2967     unsigned DiagID;
2968     if (Record->isUnion()) {
2969       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2970       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
2971       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
2972       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
2973           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
2974            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
2975             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
2976         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
2977           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
2978 
2979         // Recover by adding 'static'.
2980         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
2981                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2982       }
2983       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2984       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
2985       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
2986       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
2987                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2988         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2989              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
2990           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
2991 
2992         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
2993         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
2994                                SourceLocation(),
2995                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2996       }
2997     }
2998 
2999     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3000     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3001       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3002         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3003           << Record->isUnion() << 0
3004           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3005       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3006         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3007              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3008           << Record->isUnion() << 1
3009           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3010       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3011         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3012              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3013           << Record->isUnion() << 2
3014           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3015 
3016       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3017     }
3018 
3019     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3020     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3021     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3022     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3023     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3024                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3025          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3026       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3027         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3028         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3029         //   members (clause 11).
3030         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3031         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3032           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3033             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3034           Invalid = true;
3035         }
3036 
3037         // C++ [class.union]p1
3038         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3039         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3040         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3041         //   array of such objects.
3042         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3043           Invalid = true;
3044       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3045         // Any implicit members are fine.
3046       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3047         // This is a type that showed up in an
3048         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3049         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3050         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3051       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3052         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3053             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3054           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3055           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3056             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3057               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3058           else {
3059             // This is a nested type declaration.
3060             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3061               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3062             Invalid = true;
3063           }
3064         }
3065       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3066         // Any access specifier is fine.
3067       } else {
3068         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3069         // member. Complain about it.
3070         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3071         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3072           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3073         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3074           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3075         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3076           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3077 
3078         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3079         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3080             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3081           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3082             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3083         else {
3084           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3085               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3086           Invalid = true;
3087         }
3088       }
3089     }
3090   }
3091 
3092   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3093     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3094       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3095     Invalid = true;
3096   }
3097 
3098   // Mock up a declarator.
3099   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3100   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3101   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3102 
3103   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3104   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3105   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3106     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3107                              DS.getLocStart(),
3108                              Record->getLocation(),
3109                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3110                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3111                              TInfo,
3112                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3113                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3114     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3115     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3116       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3117   } else {
3118     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3119     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3120            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3121     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3122     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3123       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3124       // an error here
3125       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3126       Invalid = true;
3127       SC = SC_None;
3128     }
3129     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3130     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3131       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3132 
3133     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3134                            DS.getLocStart(),
3135                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3136                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3137                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3138 
3139     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3140     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3141     // initializer:
3142     //   union { int n = 0; };
3143     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3144   }
3145   Anon->setImplicit();
3146 
3147   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3148   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3149   // its members.
3150   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3151 
3152   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3153   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3154   // purposes.
3155   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3156   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3157 
3158   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3159                                           Chain, false))
3160     Invalid = true;
3161 
3162   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3163   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3164   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3165   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3166   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3167   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3168   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3169 
3170   if (Invalid)
3171     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3172 
3173   return Anon;
3174 }
3175 
3176 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3177 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3178 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3179 /// Example:
3180 ///
3181 /// struct A { int a; };
3182 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3183 ///
3184 /// void foo() {
3185 ///   B var;
3186 ///   var.a = 3;
3187 /// }
3188 ///
3189 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3190                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3191 
3192   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3193   if (!Record)
3194     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3195 
3196   // Mock up a declarator.
3197   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3198   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3199   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3200 
3201   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3202   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3203                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3204                              DS.getLocStart(),
3205                              DS.getLocStart(),
3206                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3207                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3208                              TInfo,
3209                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3210                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3211   Anon->setImplicit();
3212 
3213   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3214   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3215 
3216   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3217   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3218   // purposes.
3219   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3220   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3221 
3222   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3223   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3224                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3225                                                         Chain, true))
3226     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3227 
3228   return Anon;
3229 }
3230 
3231 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3232 /// given Declarator.
3233 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3234   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3235 }
3236 
3237 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3238 DeclarationNameInfo
3239 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3240   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3241   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3242 
3243   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3244 
3245   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3246   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3247     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3248     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3249     return NameInfo;
3250 
3251   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3252     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3253                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3254     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3255     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3256       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3257     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3258       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3259     return NameInfo;
3260 
3261   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3262     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3263                                                            Name.Identifier));
3264     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3265     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3266     return NameInfo;
3267 
3268   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3269     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3270     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3271     if (Ty.isNull())
3272       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3273     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3274                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3275     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3276     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3277     return NameInfo;
3278   }
3279 
3280   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3281     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3282     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3283     if (Ty.isNull())
3284       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3285     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3286                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3287     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3288     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3289     return NameInfo;
3290   }
3291 
3292   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3293     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3294     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3295     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3296     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3297     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3298       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3299 
3300     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3301     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3302 
3303     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3304     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3305     // was qualified.
3306 
3307     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3308                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3309     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3310     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3311     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3312     return NameInfo;
3313   }
3314 
3315   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3316     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3317     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3318     if (Ty.isNull())
3319       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3320     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3321                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3322     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3323     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3324     return NameInfo;
3325   }
3326 
3327   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3328     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3329     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3330     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3331   }
3332 
3333   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3334 
3335   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3336 }
3337 
3338 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3339   do {
3340     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3341       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3342     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3343       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3344     else
3345       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3346   } while (true);
3347 }
3348 
3349 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3350 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3351 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3352 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3353 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3354 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3355 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3356 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3357                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3358                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3359                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3360   Params.clear();
3361   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3362     return false;
3363   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3364     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3365     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3366 
3367     // The parameter types are identical
3368     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3369       continue;
3370 
3371     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3372     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3373     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3374     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3375 
3376     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3377         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3378       Params.push_back(Idx);
3379     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3380       return false;
3381   }
3382 
3383   return true;
3384 }
3385 
3386 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3387 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3388 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3389 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3390 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3391 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3392                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3393   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3394   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3395   //   - types which will become injected class names
3396   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3397   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3398   // few cases here.
3399 
3400   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3401   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3402   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3403   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3404   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3405   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3406     // Grab the type from the parser.
3407     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3408     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3409     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3410 
3411     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3412     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3413     // attached already.
3414     if (!TSI)
3415       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3416 
3417     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3418     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3419     if (!TSI) return true;
3420 
3421     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3422     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3423     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3424     break;
3425   }
3426 
3427   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3428   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3429     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3430     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3431     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3432     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3433     break;
3434   }
3435 
3436   default:
3437     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3438     break;
3439   }
3440 
3441   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3442   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3443     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3444 
3445     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3446     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3447     // pointer.
3448     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3449       continue;
3450 
3451     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3452     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3453     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3454       return true;
3455   }
3456 
3457   return false;
3458 }
3459 
3460 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3461   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3462   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3463 
3464   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3465       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3466     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3467 
3468   return Dcl;
3469 }
3470 
3471 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3472 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3473 ///   name different from T:
3474 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3475 ///     - every member function of class T
3476 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3477 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3478 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3479                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3480   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3481 
3482   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3483     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3484       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3485       return true;
3486     }
3487 
3488   return false;
3489 }
3490 
3491 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
3492 /// nested-name-specifier.
3493 ///
3494 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3495 ///
3496 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
3497 /// resolves.
3498 ///
3499 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
3500 ///
3501 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
3502 ///
3503 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
3504 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
3505                                         DeclarationName Name,
3506                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
3507   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3508   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3509     Cur = Cur->getParent();
3510 
3511   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3512   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
3513   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
3514   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
3515   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
3516   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
3517   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
3518   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
3519 
3520   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
3521   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
3522   //
3523   // class X {
3524   //   void X::f();
3525   // };
3526   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
3527     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
3528                                    : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
3529       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
3530     SS.clear();
3531     return false;
3532   }
3533 
3534   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
3535   // declaration.
3536   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3537     if (Cur->isRecord())
3538       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3539         << Name << SS.getRange();
3540     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
3541       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3542         << Name << SS.getRange();
3543     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3544       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
3545         << Name << SS.getRange();
3546     else
3547       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3548       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
3549 
3550     return true;
3551   }
3552 
3553   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
3554     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
3555     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3556       << Name << SS.getRange();
3557     SS.clear();
3558 
3559     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
3560     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
3561     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
3562     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
3563          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
3564         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
3565                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
3566       return true;
3567 
3568     return false;
3569   }
3570 
3571   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
3572   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
3573   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
3574   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
3575   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
3576     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
3577   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
3578         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
3579     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
3580       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
3581 
3582   return false;
3583 }
3584 
3585 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3586                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3587   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3588   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3589   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3590 
3591   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3592   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3593   if (!Name) {
3594     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3595       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
3596            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3597         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3598     return 0;
3599   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3600     return 0;
3601 
3602   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3603   // we find one that is.
3604   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3605          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3606     S = S->getParent();
3607 
3608   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3609   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3610     D.setInvalidType();
3611   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3612     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3613                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3614       return 0;
3615 
3616     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3617     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3618     if (!DC) {
3619       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3620       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3621       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3622       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3623       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3624            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3625         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3626         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3627       return 0;
3628     }
3629     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3630 
3631     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3632         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3633       return 0;
3634 
3635     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3636       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3637            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3638         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3639       D.setInvalidType();
3640     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3641       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
3642                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
3643         if (DC->isRecord())
3644           return 0;
3645 
3646         D.setInvalidType();
3647       }
3648     }
3649 
3650     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3651     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3652     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3653         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3654       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3655       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3656         D.setInvalidType();
3657     }
3658   }
3659 
3660   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3661     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3662     // Just return early; it's safer.
3663     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3664       return 0;
3665 
3666   NamedDecl *New;
3667 
3668   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3669   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3670 
3671   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3672                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3673     D.setInvalidType();
3674 
3675   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3676                         ForRedeclaration);
3677 
3678   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3679   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3680     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3681 
3682     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3683     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3684     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3685     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3686       /* Do nothing*/;
3687     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3688       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3689           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3690         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3691     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3692       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3693     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3694              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3695       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3696 
3697     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3698       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3699 
3700     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3701   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3702     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3703 
3704     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3705     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
3706     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
3707     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
3708     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
3709     //  thereof; [...]
3710     //
3711     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
3712     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
3713     // we want to match. For example, given:
3714     //
3715     //   class X {
3716     //     void f();
3717     //     void f(float);
3718     //   };
3719     //
3720     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3721     //
3722     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
3723     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3724     // matches.
3725 
3726     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3727     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
3728     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
3729     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3730     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3731   }
3732 
3733   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3734       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3735     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3736     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3737       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3738                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
3739 
3740     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3741     Previous.clear();
3742   }
3743 
3744   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3745   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3746   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3747   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3748   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3749       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3750     Previous.clear();
3751 
3752   bool AddToScope = true;
3753   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3754     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3755       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3756       return 0;
3757     }
3758 
3759     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
3760   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3761     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3762                                   TemplateParamLists,
3763                                   AddToScope);
3764   } else {
3765     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3766                                   TemplateParamLists);
3767   }
3768 
3769   if (New == 0)
3770     return 0;
3771 
3772   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3773   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3774   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3775        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3776     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3777 
3778   return New;
3779 }
3780 
3781 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
3782 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
3783 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
3784 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3785                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3786                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3787                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3788   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3789   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3790   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3791   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3792   SizeIsNegative = false;
3793   Oversized = 0;
3794 
3795   if (T->isDependentType())
3796     return QualType();
3797 
3798   QualifierCollector Qs;
3799   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3800 
3801   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3802     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3803     QualType FixedType =
3804         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3805                                             Oversized);
3806     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3807     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3808     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3809   }
3810   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3811     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3812     QualType FixedType =
3813         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3814                                             Oversized);
3815     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3816     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3817     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3818   }
3819 
3820   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3821   if (!VLATy)
3822     return QualType();
3823   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3824   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3825     return QualType();
3826 
3827   llvm::APSInt Res;
3828   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3829       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
3830     return QualType();
3831 
3832   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3833   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3834     SizeIsNegative = true;
3835     return QualType();
3836   }
3837 
3838   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3839   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3840     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3841                                               Res);
3842   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3843     Oversized = Res;
3844     return QualType();
3845   }
3846 
3847   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3848                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3849 }
3850 
3851 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
3852 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
3853 void
3854 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
3855                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
3856                                        Scope *S) {
3857   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3858          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
3859   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
3860   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
3861 
3862   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
3863     return;
3864 
3865   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
3866 
3867   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
3868   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
3869   // declaration.
3870   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
3871     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
3872     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
3873 
3874     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
3875       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
3876       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
3877       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
3878       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
3879 
3880     } else {
3881       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
3882       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
3883         S = S->getParent();
3884     }
3885 
3886     if (S)
3887       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
3888   }
3889 }
3890 
3891 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
3892 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
3893   if (ExternalSource) {
3894     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
3895     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
3896     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
3897     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
3898       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
3899         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
3900       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
3901         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
3902     }
3903   }
3904 
3905   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
3906 }
3907 
3908 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
3909 /// does not identify a function.
3910 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
3911   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
3912   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
3913   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
3914     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3915          diag::err_inline_non_function);
3916 
3917   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
3918     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3919          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
3920 
3921   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
3922     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3923          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
3924 }
3925 
3926 NamedDecl*
3927 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
3928                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
3929   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3930   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3931     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
3932       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3933     D.setInvalidType();
3934     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
3935     DC = CurContext;
3936     Previous.clear();
3937   }
3938 
3939   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3940     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3941     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3942   }
3943 
3944   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3945 
3946   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3947     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
3948   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
3949     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
3950       << 1;
3951 
3952   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
3953     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
3954       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
3955     return 0;
3956   }
3957 
3958   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
3959   if (!NewTD) return 0;
3960 
3961   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
3962   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
3963 
3964   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
3965 
3966   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
3967   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3968   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
3969   return ND;
3970 }
3971 
3972 void
3973 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3974   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
3975   // then it shall have block scope.
3976   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
3977   // that redeclarations will match.
3978   QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
3979   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
3980     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3981 
3982     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3983       bool SizeIsNegative;
3984       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
3985       QualType FixedTy =
3986           TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3987                                               Oversized);
3988       if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
3989         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
3990         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
3991       } else {
3992         if (SizeIsNegative)
3993           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
3994         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
3995           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
3996         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
3997           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
3998             << Oversized.toString(10);
3999         else
4000           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4001         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4002       }
4003     }
4004   }
4005 }
4006 
4007 
4008 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4009 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4010 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4011 NamedDecl*
4012 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4013                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4014   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4015   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4016   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4017                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4018   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4019     Redeclaration = true;
4020     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4021   }
4022 
4023   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4024   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4025     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4026         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4027       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4028         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4029       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4030         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4031       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4032         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4033       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4034         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4035     }
4036 
4037   return NewTD;
4038 }
4039 
4040 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4041 /// previous declaration.
4042 ///
4043 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4044 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4045 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4046 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4047 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4048 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4049 ///
4050 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4051 /// lookup
4052 ///
4053 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4054 /// declared.
4055 ///
4056 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4057 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4058 static bool
4059 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4060                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4061   if (!PrevDecl)
4062     return false;
4063 
4064   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4065     return false;
4066 
4067   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4068     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4069     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4070     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4071     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4072     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4073     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4074     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4075     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4076       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4077       return false;
4078 
4079     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4080     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4081       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4082       return false;
4083 
4084     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4085     // previous declarations.
4086     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4087     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4088 
4089     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4090     // isn't the same function.
4091     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4092       return false;
4093   }
4094 
4095   return true;
4096 }
4097 
4098 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4099   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4100   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4101   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4102 }
4103 
4104 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4105   QualType type = decl->getType();
4106   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4107   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4108     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4109     unsigned kind = -1U;
4110     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4111       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4112         kind = 0; // __block
4113       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4114         kind = 1; // global
4115     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4116       kind = 3; // ivar
4117     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4118       kind = 2; // field
4119     }
4120 
4121     if (kind != -1U) {
4122       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4123         << kind;
4124     }
4125   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4126     // Try to infer lifetime.
4127     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4128       return false;
4129 
4130     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4131     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4132     decl->setType(type);
4133   }
4134 
4135   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4136     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4137     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4138         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
4139       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4140         << var->getType();
4141       return true;
4142     }
4143   }
4144 
4145   return false;
4146 }
4147 
4148 NamedDecl*
4149 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4150                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4151                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4152   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4153   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4154 
4155   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4156   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4157     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4158 
4159   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4160   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4161          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4162   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4163   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4164     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4165     // an error here
4166     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4167     D.setInvalidType();
4168     SC = SC_None;
4169   }
4170   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4171   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4172     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4173 
4174   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4175   if (!II) {
4176     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4177       << Name;
4178     return 0;
4179   }
4180 
4181   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4182 
4183   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4184     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4185     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4186     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4187 
4188       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4189       // is a GNU extension.
4190       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4191         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4192       else
4193         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4194       D.setInvalidType();
4195     }
4196   }
4197 
4198   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4199     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4200     // OpenCL __local address space.
4201     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
4202       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4203   }
4204 
4205   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4206   VarDecl *NewVD;
4207   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4208     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4209                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4210                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4211 
4212     if (D.isInvalidType())
4213       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4214   } else {
4215     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4216       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4217       if (SC == SC_Static) {
4218         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4219              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4220           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4221       } else if (SC == SC_None)
4222         SC = SC_Static;
4223     }
4224     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4225       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4226         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4227           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4228                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4229             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4230 
4231         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4232         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4233         if (RD->isUnion())
4234           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4235                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x
4236                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4237                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4238         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4239         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4240           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4241                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4242             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4243       }
4244     }
4245 
4246     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4247     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4248     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4249     bool Invalid = false;
4250     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4251         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4252                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4253                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4254                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4255                                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
4256                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4257                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
4258                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4259                                                   Invalid)) {
4260       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4261         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
4262         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
4263           << II
4264           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4265                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4266         return 0;
4267       } else {
4268         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
4269         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
4270         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4271              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
4272           << II
4273           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4274                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4275       }
4276     }
4277 
4278     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4279                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4280                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4281 
4282     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
4283     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
4284     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
4285         R->getContainedAutoType())
4286       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
4287 
4288     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
4289       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4290 
4291     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
4292 
4293     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4294       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4295                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
4296                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
4297     }
4298 
4299     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4300       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
4301   }
4302 
4303   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
4304   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4305   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4306 
4307   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
4308     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4309       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
4310     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4311       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4312     else
4313       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
4314   }
4315 
4316   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4317     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4318       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4319         << 2
4320         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4321     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4322       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4323         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4324         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4325         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4326     else
4327       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4328   }
4329 
4330   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4331   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4332 
4333   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
4334     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
4335     // storage [duration]."
4336     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
4337        (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()))
4338       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
4339   }
4340 
4341   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4342   // retainable type.
4343   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4344     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4345 
4346   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4347   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4348     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4349     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4350     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4351     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4352       switch (SC) {
4353       case SC_None:
4354       case SC_Auto:
4355         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4356         break;
4357       case SC_Register:
4358         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4359           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4360         break;
4361       case SC_Static:
4362       case SC_Extern:
4363       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4364       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4365         break;
4366       }
4367     }
4368 
4369     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4370                                                 Context, Label));
4371   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
4372     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
4373       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
4374     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
4375       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
4376       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
4377     }
4378   }
4379 
4380   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4381   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4382     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
4383 
4384   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
4385   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
4386   // declaration has linkage).
4387   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
4388                        isExplicitSpecialization);
4389 
4390   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4391     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4392   } else {
4393     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
4394     if (!Previous.empty()) {
4395       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4396           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
4397           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4398         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
4399         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4400         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
4401           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4402         Previous.clear();
4403         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4404       }
4405     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4406       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
4407       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
4408         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
4409         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4410       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4411     }
4412 
4413     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4414 
4415     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
4416     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4417         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
4418       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4419   }
4420 
4421   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
4422   // such variables.
4423   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
4424       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4425     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
4426 
4427   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4428   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
4429   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4430     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
4431 
4432   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
4433 
4434   return NewVD;
4435 }
4436 
4437 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
4438 /// -Wshadow.
4439 ///
4440 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
4441 /// scope.
4442 ///
4443 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
4444 /// \param R the lookup of the name
4445 ///
4446 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
4447   // Return if warning is ignored.
4448   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
4449         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4450     return;
4451 
4452   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
4453   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
4454     return;
4455 
4456   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
4457 
4458   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
4459   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
4460     return;
4461 
4462   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
4463   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4464     return;
4465 
4466   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
4467   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4468     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
4469       if (MD->isStatic())
4470         return;
4471 
4472   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4473     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
4474       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
4475       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
4476       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
4477              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
4478            I != E; ++I)
4479         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4480           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4481           break;
4482         }
4483     }
4484 
4485   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4486 
4487   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4488   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4489     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4490     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4491       return;
4492 
4493     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4494     // static data members from base classes?
4495 
4496     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4497     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4498     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4499   }
4500 
4501   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4502   unsigned Kind;
4503   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4504     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4505       Kind = 3; // field
4506     else
4507       Kind = 2; // static data member
4508   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4509     Kind = 1; // global
4510   else
4511     Kind = 0; // local
4512 
4513   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4514 
4515   // Emit warning and note.
4516   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4517   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4518 }
4519 
4520 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4521 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4522   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4523         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4524     return;
4525 
4526   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4527                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4528   LookupName(R, S);
4529   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4530 }
4531 
4532 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4533 /// declaration.
4534 ///
4535 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4536 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4537 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4538 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4539 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4540 ///
4541 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4542 ///
4543 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
4544 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4545                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
4546   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4547   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4548     return false;
4549 
4550   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
4551 
4552   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4553     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4554       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4555     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4556     NewVD->setType(T);
4557   }
4558 
4559   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4560   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4561   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4562   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4563   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4564     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4565     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4566     return false;
4567   }
4568 
4569   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
4570   // scope.
4571   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
4572       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4573     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
4574     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4575     return false;
4576   }
4577 
4578   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4579       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4580     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4581       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4582     else {
4583       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
4584       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4585     }
4586   }
4587 
4588   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4589   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4590       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4591     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4592 
4593   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4594       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4595     bool SizeIsNegative;
4596     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4597     QualType FixedTy =
4598         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4599                                             Oversized);
4600 
4601     if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4602       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4603       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4604       // int a[10][n];
4605       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4606 
4607       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4608         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4609         << SizeRange;
4610       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4611         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4612         << SizeRange;
4613       else
4614         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4615         << SizeRange;
4616       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4617       return false;
4618     }
4619 
4620     if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
4621       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4622         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4623       else
4624         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4625       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4626       return false;
4627     }
4628 
4629     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4630     NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
4631   }
4632 
4633   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
4634     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4635     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4636     // declaration with the same name.
4637     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4638       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4639     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4640       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4641   }
4642 
4643   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4644     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4645       << T;
4646     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4647     return false;
4648   }
4649 
4650   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4651     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4652     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4653     return false;
4654   }
4655 
4656   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4657     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4658     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4659     return false;
4660   }
4661 
4662   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
4663       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
4664                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
4665     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4666     return false;
4667   }
4668 
4669   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4670     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4671     return true;
4672   }
4673   return false;
4674 }
4675 
4676 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4677 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4678   Sema *S;
4679   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4680 };
4681 
4682 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4683 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4684 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4685 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4686                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4687                                  void *UserData) {
4688   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4689 
4690   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4691     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4692 
4693   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4694 
4695   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4696   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4697     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4698     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4699     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4700 
4701     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4702   }
4703 
4704   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4705        Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
4706        ++Path.Decls.first) {
4707     NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
4708     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4709       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4710         return true;
4711     }
4712   }
4713 
4714   return false;
4715 }
4716 
4717 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4718 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4719 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4720   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4721   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4722   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4723   Data.Method = MD;
4724   Data.S = this;
4725   bool AddedAny = false;
4726   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4727     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4728          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4729       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4730         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4731         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4732             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
4733             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4734           AddedAny = true;
4735         }
4736       }
4737     }
4738   }
4739 
4740   return AddedAny;
4741 }
4742 
4743 namespace {
4744   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
4745   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
4746   struct ActOnFDArgs {
4747     Scope *S;
4748     Declarator &D;
4749     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
4750     bool AddToScope;
4751   };
4752 }
4753 
4754 namespace {
4755 
4756 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
4757 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
4758 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
4759  public:
4760   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
4761                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
4762       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
4763         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
4764 
4765   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4766     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
4767       return false;
4768 
4769     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4770     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4771                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4772          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4773       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4774 
4775       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4776           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4777         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
4778           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
4779           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
4780             return true;
4781         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
4782           return true;
4783         }
4784       }
4785     }
4786 
4787     return false;
4788   }
4789 
4790  private:
4791   ASTContext &Context;
4792   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
4793   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
4794 };
4795 
4796 }
4797 
4798 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
4799 ///
4800 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
4801 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
4802 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
4803 /// the same name.
4804 ///
4805 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
4806 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
4807 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
4808     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4809     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
4810   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
4811   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
4812   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
4813   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
4814                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4815   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4816   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
4817   TypoCorrection Correction;
4818   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4819                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
4820   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
4821                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
4822 
4823   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4824   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
4825   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
4826          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
4827   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
4828   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
4829                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
4830   if (!Prev.empty()) {
4831     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
4832          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4833       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
4834       if (FD &&
4835           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4836         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
4837         // involve a parameter
4838         unsigned ParamNum =
4839             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
4840         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
4841       }
4842     }
4843   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
4844   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
4845                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
4846                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
4847     // Trap errors.
4848     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
4849 
4850     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
4851     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
4852                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4853     Previous.clear();
4854     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
4855     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
4856                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
4857          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4858       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4859       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4860           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4861         Previous.addDecl(FD);
4862       }
4863     }
4864     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
4865     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
4866     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
4867     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
4868     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
4869         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
4870         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
4871         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
4872         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
4873     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
4874       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
4875       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4876                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4877       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
4878       Previous.clear();
4879       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
4880       Result = NULL;
4881     } else {
4882       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
4883                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
4884            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4885         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
4886           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
4887       }
4888     }
4889     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
4890       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
4891       Correction = TypoCorrection();
4892     } else {
4893       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
4894                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
4895     }
4896   }
4897 
4898   if (Correction) {
4899     // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range
4900     // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in
4901     // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix
4902     // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good.
4903     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
4904     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4905     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
4906       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
4907     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
4908         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
4909         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4910             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
4911   } else {
4912     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4913         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
4914   }
4915 
4916   bool NewFDisConst = false;
4917   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
4918     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
4919 
4920   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
4921        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
4922        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
4923     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
4924     bool FDisConst = false;
4925     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
4926       FDisConst = MD->isConst();
4927 
4928     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
4929       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
4930       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
4931       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
4932       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
4933           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
4934     } else if (Correction) {
4935       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
4936           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4937     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
4938       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
4939           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
4940     } else
4941       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
4942   }
4943   return Result;
4944 }
4945 
4946 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
4947                                                           Declarator &D) {
4948   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
4949   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
4950   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
4951   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
4952   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
4953     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4954                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
4955     D.setInvalidType();
4956     break;
4957   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
4958   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
4959   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
4960     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
4961       // C99 6.7.1p5:
4962       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
4963       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
4964       //   other than extern
4965       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
4966       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4967                    diag::err_static_block_func);
4968       break;
4969     } else
4970       return SC_Static;
4971   }
4972   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4973   }
4974 
4975   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
4976   return SC_None;
4977 }
4978 
4979 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
4980                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
4981                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4982                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
4983                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
4984   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4985   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4986 
4987   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
4988   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4989   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4990   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4991     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4992 
4993   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4994     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4995     // prototype. This true when:
4996     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
4997     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
4998     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
4999     bool HasPrototype =
5000       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
5001       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
5002 
5003     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5004                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5005                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5006                                  HasPrototype);
5007     if (D.isInvalidType())
5008       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5009 
5010     // Set the lexical context.
5011     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
5012 
5013     return NewFD;
5014   }
5015 
5016   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5017   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5018 
5019   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
5020   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
5021   // the class has been completely parsed.
5022   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
5023       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5024                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
5025                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5026                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
5027     D.setInvalidType();
5028 
5029   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
5030     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
5031     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
5032            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
5033 
5034     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5035     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5036                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5037                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
5038                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
5039                                       isConstexpr);
5040 
5041   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5042     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
5043     if (DC->isRecord()) {
5044       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5045       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5046       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
5047                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
5048                                         D.getLocStart(),
5049                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
5050                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
5051 
5052       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
5053       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
5054       // it yet.
5055       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() &&
5056           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
5057           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
5058         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
5059       }
5060 
5061       IsVirtualOkay = true;
5062       return NewDD;
5063 
5064     } else {
5065       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
5066       D.setInvalidType();
5067 
5068       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
5069       // code path.
5070       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5071                                   D.getLocStart(),
5072                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
5073                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5074                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
5075     }
5076 
5077   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
5078     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
5079       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5080            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
5081       return 0;
5082     }
5083 
5084     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5085     IsVirtualOkay = true;
5086     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5087                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5088                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
5089                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5090 
5091   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
5092     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
5093     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
5094     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
5095     // constructor if it has no return type).
5096     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
5097         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
5098       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
5099         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
5100         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5101       return 0;
5102     }
5103 
5104     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
5105 
5106     // [class.free]p1:
5107     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
5108     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5109     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
5110         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
5111       isStatic = true;
5112 
5113     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
5114     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5115     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
5116         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
5117       isStatic = true;
5118 
5119     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
5120 
5121     // This is a C++ method declaration.
5122     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5123                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5124                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5125                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5126 
5127   } else {
5128     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5129     // prototype. This true when:
5130     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
5131     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5132                                 D.getLocStart(),
5133                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5134                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
5135   }
5136 }
5137 
5138 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
5139   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5140   // typedef of void is not permitted.
5141   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5142       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5143     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5144     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5145       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5146     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5147                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5148       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5149     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5150       << IsTypeAlias;
5151   }
5152 }
5153 
5154 NamedDecl*
5155 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5156                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5157                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5158                               bool &AddToScope) {
5159   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5160 
5161   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
5162 
5163   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5164   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5165   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5166   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
5167 
5168   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
5169     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
5170 
5171   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5172   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
5173     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5174          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
5175     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
5176     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
5177 
5178     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5179     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5180     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
5181       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5182       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5183                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
5184     }
5185     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
5186       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
5187   }
5188 
5189   bool isFriend = false;
5190   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
5191   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5192   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5193 
5194   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
5195   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5196   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5197 
5198   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
5199 
5200   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
5201                                               isVirtualOkay);
5202   if (!NewFD) return 0;
5203 
5204   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
5205     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5206 
5207   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5208     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5209     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
5210     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5211     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5212     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5213     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5214       // C++ [class.friend]p5
5215       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
5216       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
5217       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5218     }
5219 
5220     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
5221     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
5222     // return true).
5223     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
5224           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
5225       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
5226         NewFD->setPure(true);
5227     }
5228 
5229     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
5230     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5231     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5232     if (D.isInvalidType())
5233       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5234 
5235     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
5236     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
5237     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5238     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5239 
5240     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5241     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5242     bool Invalid = false;
5243     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5244           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5245                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5246                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5247                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5248                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
5249                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
5250                                   isFriend,
5251                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
5252                                   Invalid)) {
5253       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
5254         // This is a function template
5255 
5256         // Check that we can declare a template here.
5257         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5258           return 0;
5259 
5260         // A destructor cannot be a template.
5261         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5262           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
5263           return 0;
5264         }
5265 
5266         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
5267         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
5268         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
5269         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
5270           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5271           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
5272             Invalid = true;
5273         }
5274 
5275 
5276         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
5277                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
5278                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
5279                                                         NewFD);
5280         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5281         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
5282 
5283         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
5284         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
5285           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5286                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
5287                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
5288         }
5289       } else {
5290         // This is a function template specialization.
5291         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5292         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5293         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5294                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5295                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
5296 
5297         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
5298         if (isFriend) {
5299           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
5300           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
5301 
5302           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
5303           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
5304           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
5305           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
5306           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
5307           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
5308           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5309             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
5310             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
5311           }
5312 
5313           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
5314             << Name << RemoveRange
5315             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
5316             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
5317         }
5318       }
5319     }
5320     else {
5321       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
5322       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
5323       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
5324         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5325         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5326                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5327                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
5328     }
5329 
5330     if (Invalid) {
5331       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5332       if (FunctionTemplate)
5333         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5334     }
5335 
5336     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
5337     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
5338     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
5339     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
5340     //
5341     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5342       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
5343         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5344              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5345       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5346         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
5347         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5348              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
5349           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5350       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5351         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
5352         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
5353         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5354              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
5355           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5356       } else {
5357         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
5358         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
5359       }
5360     }
5361 
5362     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
5363     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
5364     //  declaration.
5365     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5366       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5367         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
5368         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
5369              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
5370           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
5371       }
5372     }
5373 
5374     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
5375     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
5376     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
5377     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
5378     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5379       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5380         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
5381         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5382              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
5383           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5384       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
5385                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5386         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
5387         // or conversion function.
5388         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5389              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
5390           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5391       }
5392     }
5393 
5394     if (isConstexpr) {
5395       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
5396       // are implicitly inline.
5397       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5398 
5399       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
5400       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
5401       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
5402       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
5403         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
5404     }
5405 
5406     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
5407     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5408       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5409         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
5410           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
5411         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5412           << 0
5413           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
5414       } else {
5415         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
5416         if (FunctionTemplate)
5417           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5418       }
5419     }
5420 
5421     if (isFriend) {
5422       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
5423       if (FunctionTemplate) {
5424         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5425         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
5426       }
5427       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5428       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5429     }
5430 
5431     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
5432     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
5433       case FDK_Declaration:
5434       case FDK_Definition:
5435         break;
5436 
5437       case FDK_Defaulted:
5438         NewFD->setDefaulted();
5439         break;
5440 
5441       case FDK_Deleted:
5442         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
5443         break;
5444     }
5445 
5446     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
5447         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5448       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
5449       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
5450       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
5451       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5452     }
5453 
5454     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
5455         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5456       // C++ [class.static]p1:
5457       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
5458       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
5459       //   the class.
5460 
5461       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
5462       // member function definition.
5463       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5464            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5465         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5466     }
5467   }
5468 
5469   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
5470   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
5471                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
5472                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
5473 
5474   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5475   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
5476     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5477     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5478     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
5479                                                 SE->getString()));
5480   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5481     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5482       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
5483     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5484       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
5485       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5486     }
5487   }
5488 
5489   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
5490   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
5491   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5492   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
5493     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5494 
5495     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
5496     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
5497     // single void argument.
5498     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
5499     // already checks for that case.
5500     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
5501         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
5502         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5503       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
5504       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
5505     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
5506       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
5507         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
5508         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
5509         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
5510         Params.push_back(Param);
5511 
5512         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
5513           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5514       }
5515     }
5516 
5517   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5518     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
5519     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
5520     // parameters for use in the declaration.
5521     //
5522     // @code
5523     // typedef void fn(int);
5524     // fn f;
5525     // @endcode
5526 
5527     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
5528     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
5529          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
5530       ParmVarDecl *Param =
5531         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
5532       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
5533       Params.push_back(Param);
5534     }
5535   } else {
5536     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
5537            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
5538   }
5539 
5540   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
5541   NewFD->setParams(Params);
5542 
5543   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
5544   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
5545   //
5546   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
5547   //
5548   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
5549   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
5550   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
5551 
5552   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
5553   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5554                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
5555 
5556   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
5557   // because all functions have linkage.
5558   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5559       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5560     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
5561     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5562   }
5563 
5564   // Handle attributes.
5565   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5566                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5567 
5568   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5569     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5570     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
5571     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5572       if (NewFD->isMain())
5573         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5574       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5575                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
5576     }
5577     // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
5578     else if (!Previous.empty())
5579            D.setRedeclaration(true);
5580     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5581             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5582            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5583   } else {
5584     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
5585     // argument list into our AST format.
5586     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5587       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5588       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
5589       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5590       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5591                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5592       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
5593                                  TemplateArgs);
5594 
5595       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5596 
5597       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5598         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5599       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
5600         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
5601         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
5602           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5603 
5604         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5605       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5606                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5607         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5608         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5609         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5610         // too few of them).
5611         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5612           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5613           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5614                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5615                                         "template<> ");
5616         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5617       } else {
5618         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
5619         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5620       }
5621     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5622       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
5623       // wrote something like:
5624       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
5625       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
5626       //   friend void foo<>(int);
5627       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
5628       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5629         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5630       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5631     }
5632 
5633     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
5634     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
5635     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
5636     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
5637     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
5638     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
5639         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
5640          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
5641             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
5642             InstantiationDependent))) {
5643       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
5644              "friend function specialization without template args");
5645       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
5646                                                        Previous))
5647         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5648     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5649       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
5650           && !isFriend) {
5651         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
5652         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
5653           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
5654           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
5655           << NewFD->getDeclName();
5656       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
5657                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
5658                                                      Previous))
5659         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5660 
5661       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5662       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
5663       //   specialization (14.7.3)
5664       if (SC != SC_None) {
5665         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
5666           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5667                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
5668             << SC
5669             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5670                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5671 
5672         else
5673           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5674                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
5675             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5676                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5677       }
5678 
5679     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5680       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
5681           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5682     }
5683 
5684     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5685     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5686       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5687         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
5688         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
5689         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5690           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
5691       } else {
5692         if (NewFD->isMain())
5693           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5694         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5695                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5696       }
5697     }
5698 
5699     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5700             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5701            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5702 
5703     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5704                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5705                                 : NewFD);
5706 
5707     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
5708       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5709       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5710         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
5711 
5712       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5713       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5714 
5715       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5716     }
5717 
5718     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5719         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5720       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5721 
5722     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5723     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5724     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5725       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
5726                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
5727       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5728                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5729                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5730                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
5731                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5732                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5733                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5734                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5735                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5736                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5737                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5738     }
5739 
5740     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5741       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5742     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
5743       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
5744                                        AddToScope };
5745       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5746       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5747         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5748 
5749       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5750       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5751         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5752         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5753 
5754         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5755         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5756         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5757         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5758         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5759         // can actually do this check immediately.
5760         if (isFriend &&
5761             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5762              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5763              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5764           // ignore these
5765         } else {
5766           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5767           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
5768           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
5769           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
5770           //
5771           // class X {
5772           //   void f() const;
5773           // };
5774           //
5775           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
5776           //
5777           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
5778           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
5779           // whether the parameter types are references).
5780 
5781           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5782                                                                NewFD,
5783                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
5784             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5785             return Result;
5786           }
5787         }
5788 
5789         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
5790         // to something.
5791       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
5792         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5793                                                              NewFD,
5794                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
5795           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5796           return Result;
5797         }
5798       }
5799 
5800     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5801                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5802                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
5803       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
5804       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5805       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
5806       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
5807       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
5808       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
5809       // generate them.
5810       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
5811         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5812     }
5813   }
5814 
5815   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
5816 
5817   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
5818       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5819     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5820          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
5821       << NewFD;
5822 
5823     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
5824     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5825     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5826     EPI.Variadic = true;
5827     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
5828 
5829     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
5830     NewFD->setType(R);
5831   }
5832 
5833   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
5834   // member, set the visibility of this function.
5835   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
5836     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
5837 
5838   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
5839   // marking the function.
5840   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
5841 
5842   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
5843   // map of such names.
5844   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
5845       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5846     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
5847 
5848   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
5849   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
5850 
5851   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5852     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5853       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5854         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5855       return FunctionTemplate;
5856     }
5857   }
5858 
5859   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
5860   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5861       && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()
5862       && (SC == SC_Static)) {
5863     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
5864     D.setInvalidType();
5865   }
5866 
5867   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
5868 
5869   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
5870     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
5871       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5872           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5873         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
5874           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
5875             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
5876 
5877           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
5878         }
5879       }
5880 
5881   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
5882   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
5883   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
5884   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5885     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
5886                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
5887                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
5888                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
5889                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
5890     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
5891     AddToScope = false;
5892   }
5893 
5894   return NewFD;
5895 }
5896 
5897 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
5898 ///
5899 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
5900 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
5901 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
5902 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
5903 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
5904 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
5905 /// via InstantiateDecl).
5906 ///
5907 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
5908 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
5909 ///
5910 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
5911 ///
5912 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
5913 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5914                                     LookupResult &Previous,
5915                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
5916   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
5917          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
5918 
5919   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
5920   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
5921     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
5922     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
5923     // declaration with the same name.
5924     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5925       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
5926     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
5927       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
5928   }
5929 
5930   bool Redeclaration = false;
5931 
5932   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
5933   // the same name, if appropriate.
5934   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5935     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
5936     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
5937     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
5938     // function to the scope.
5939 
5940     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
5941     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
5942       Redeclaration = true;
5943       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
5944     } else {
5945       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
5946                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
5947       case Ovl_Match:
5948         Redeclaration = true;
5949         break;
5950 
5951       case Ovl_NonFunction:
5952         Redeclaration = true;
5953         break;
5954 
5955       case Ovl_Overload:
5956         Redeclaration = false;
5957         break;
5958       }
5959 
5960       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
5961         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
5962         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
5963         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
5964           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
5965         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
5966         if (Redeclaration)
5967           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
5968         else if (!Previous.empty())
5969           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
5970         if (OverloadedDecl)
5971           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
5972                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
5973         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
5974                                                         Context));
5975       }
5976     }
5977 
5978     if (Redeclaration) {
5979       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
5980       // merged.
5981       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
5982         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5983         return Redeclaration;
5984       }
5985 
5986       Previous.clear();
5987       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
5988 
5989       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
5990                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5991         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
5992         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
5993           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
5994         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
5995         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
5996               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
5997           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5998           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5999         }
6000 
6001         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
6002         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
6003         if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
6004             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
6005           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
6006           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
6007         }
6008 
6009       } else {
6010         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
6011           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
6012         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
6013       }
6014     }
6015   }
6016 
6017   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
6018   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6019     // C++-specific checks.
6020     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6021       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
6022     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
6023                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6024       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
6025       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
6026 
6027       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
6028       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
6029       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
6030         DeclarationName Name
6031           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
6032                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
6033         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
6034           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
6035           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6036           return Redeclaration;
6037         }
6038       }
6039     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
6040                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6041       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
6042     }
6043 
6044     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
6045     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6046       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6047           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
6048           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
6049         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
6050           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
6051           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6052             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
6053               << NewFD->getDeclName();
6054             for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
6055                       Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
6056                    OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
6057                  Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
6058                  ++Overridden) {
6059               Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(),
6060                    diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6061             }
6062           }
6063         }
6064       }
6065 
6066       if (Method->isStatic())
6067         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
6068     }
6069 
6070     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
6071     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6072         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6073       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6074       return Redeclaration;
6075     }
6076 
6077     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
6078     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
6079         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6080       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6081       return Redeclaration;
6082     }
6083 
6084     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
6085     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
6086     // during delayed parsing anyway.
6087     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
6088       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
6089 
6090     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
6091     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
6092     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
6093       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
6094       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
6095       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
6096         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
6097         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
6098         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
6099       }
6100     }
6101 
6102     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
6103     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
6104     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
6105     if (NewFD->isExternC()) {
6106       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
6107       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
6108         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
6109             << NewFD << R;
6110       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
6111                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6112         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
6113     }
6114   }
6115   return Redeclaration;
6116 }
6117 
6118 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
6119   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
6120   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
6121   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
6122   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
6123   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
6124   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6125     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6126          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
6127       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6128   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
6129     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
6130       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
6131   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
6132     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
6133       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
6134     FD->setConstexpr(false);
6135   }
6136 
6137   QualType T = FD->getType();
6138   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
6139   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
6140 
6141   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
6142   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
6143     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
6144     // set the flag which tells us that.
6145     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
6146     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
6147 
6148   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
6149   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
6150   // implicit-return-zero rule.
6151   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6152     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
6153 
6154   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
6155   } else {
6156     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
6157     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6158   }
6159 
6160   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
6161   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
6162 
6163   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
6164   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
6165   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
6166 
6167   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
6168 
6169   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
6170   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
6171   // getting shifty.
6172   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
6173     HasExtraParameters = false;
6174 
6175   if (HasExtraParameters) {
6176     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
6177     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6178     nparams = 3;
6179   }
6180 
6181   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
6182   // if we had some location information about types.
6183 
6184   QualType CharPP =
6185     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
6186   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
6187 
6188   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
6189     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
6190 
6191     bool mismatch = true;
6192 
6193     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
6194       mismatch = false;
6195     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
6196       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
6197       //   char const **
6198       //   char const * const *
6199       //   char * const *
6200 
6201       QualifierCollector qs;
6202       const PointerType* PT;
6203       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6204           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6205           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
6206         qs.removeConst();
6207         mismatch = !qs.empty();
6208       }
6209     }
6210 
6211     if (mismatch) {
6212       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
6213       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
6214       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6215     }
6216   }
6217 
6218   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6219     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
6220   }
6221 
6222   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6223     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
6224     FD->setInvalidDecl();
6225   }
6226 }
6227 
6228 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
6229   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
6230   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
6231   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
6232   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
6233   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
6234   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
6235   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
6236   // rules there don't matter.)
6237   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
6238     return false;
6239   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
6240     << Init->getSourceRange();
6241   return true;
6242 }
6243 
6244 namespace {
6245   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
6246   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
6247   class SelfReferenceChecker
6248       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
6249     Sema &S;
6250     Decl *OrigDecl;
6251     bool isRecordType;
6252     bool isPODType;
6253     bool isReferenceType;
6254 
6255   public:
6256     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
6257 
6258     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
6259                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
6260       isPODType = false;
6261       isRecordType = false;
6262       isReferenceType = false;
6263       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
6264         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
6265         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
6266         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
6267       }
6268     }
6269 
6270     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
6271     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
6272     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
6273     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
6274       if (isReferenceType)
6275         return;
6276       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6277       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
6278         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6279         return;
6280       }
6281 
6282       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6283         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6284         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6285         return;
6286       }
6287 
6288       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
6289         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6290         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
6291           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
6292           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
6293             return;
6294           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6295         }
6296         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
6297           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6298         return;
6299       }
6300     }
6301 
6302     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
6303     // bad, not just r-value uses.
6304     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
6305       if (isReferenceType)
6306         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
6307     }
6308 
6309     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
6310       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
6311           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
6312         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6313 
6314       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
6315     }
6316 
6317     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
6318       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
6319       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
6320 
6321       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
6322       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
6323       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
6324       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
6325       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6326       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
6327         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
6328           Warn = false;
6329         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6330       }
6331 
6332       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
6333         if (Warn)
6334           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6335         return;
6336       }
6337 
6338       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
6339       // Visit that expression.
6340       Visit(Base);
6341     }
6342 
6343     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
6344       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
6345       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
6346           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
6347         if (!isPODType)
6348           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6349         return;
6350       }
6351       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
6352     }
6353 
6354     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
6355 
6356     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
6357       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
6358       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
6359       unsigned diag = isReferenceType
6360           ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init
6361           : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
6362       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
6363                             S.PDiag(diag)
6364                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
6365                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
6366                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
6367     }
6368   };
6369 
6370   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
6371   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
6372                                  bool DirectInit) {
6373     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
6374     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
6375     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
6376       return;
6377 
6378     E = E->IgnoreParens();
6379 
6380     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
6381     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
6382     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
6383       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
6384         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
6385           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
6386             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
6387               return;
6388 
6389     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
6390   }
6391 }
6392 
6393 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
6394 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
6395 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
6396 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
6397                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6398   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
6399   // the initializer.
6400   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6401     return;
6402 
6403   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6404     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
6405     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
6406     // Thus this grotesque test.
6407     IntegerLiteral *IL;
6408     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
6409         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
6410       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
6411     else {
6412       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
6413         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
6414       Method->setInvalidDecl();
6415     }
6416     return;
6417   }
6418 
6419   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
6420   if (!VDecl) {
6421     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
6422     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
6423     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6424     return;
6425   }
6426 
6427   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
6428 
6429   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
6430   AutoType *Auto = 0;
6431   if (TypeMayContainAuto &&
6432       (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) &&
6433       !Auto->isDeduced()) {
6434     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
6435     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
6436     // contains exactly one expression.
6437     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6438       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
6439         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
6440         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
6441         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
6442              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
6443           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6444           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6445         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6446         return;
6447       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
6448         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
6449              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
6450           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6451           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6452         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6453         return;
6454       } else {
6455         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
6456       }
6457     }
6458     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
6459     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
6460             DAR_Failed)
6461       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
6462     if (!DeducedType) {
6463       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6464       return;
6465     }
6466     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
6467     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
6468     VDecl->ClearLinkageCache();
6469 
6470     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
6471     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
6472       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6473 
6474     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
6475     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
6476     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
6477     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
6478     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6479         DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) {
6480       SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
6481       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
6482         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
6483     }
6484 
6485     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
6486     // the previously declared type.
6487     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
6488       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
6489   }
6490 
6491   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
6492     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
6493     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
6494     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6495     return;
6496   }
6497 
6498   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
6499     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
6500     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
6501     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
6502     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
6503     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
6504       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
6505     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
6506                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6507       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6508       return;
6509     }
6510 
6511     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6512     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
6513                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6514                                AbstractVariableType))
6515       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6516   }
6517 
6518   const VarDecl *Def;
6519   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
6520     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6521       << VDecl->getDeclName();
6522     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6523     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6524     return;
6525   }
6526 
6527   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
6528   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6529     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
6530     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
6531     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6532     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
6533     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
6534     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
6535     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
6536     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
6537     //
6538     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
6539     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
6540     // declaration with an initializer.
6541     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
6542       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6543         << VDecl->getDeclName();
6544       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6545       return;
6546     }
6547 
6548     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
6549       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6550 
6551     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
6552       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6553       return;
6554     }
6555   }
6556 
6557   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
6558   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
6559   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
6560     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
6561     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6562     return;
6563   }
6564 
6565   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
6566   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
6567   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
6568 
6569   // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
6570   // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type.
6571   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType())
6572     if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) {
6573       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
6574       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6575         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6576         return;
6577       }
6578       Init = Result.take();
6579     }
6580 
6581   // Perform the initialization.
6582   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6583     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
6584     InitializationKind Kind
6585       = DirectInit ?
6586           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
6587                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
6588                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
6589                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
6590                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
6591                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
6592                                                     Init->getLocStart());
6593 
6594     Expr **Args = &Init;
6595     unsigned NumArgs = 1;
6596     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6597       Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs();
6598       NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs();
6599     }
6600     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs);
6601     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6602                                         MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT);
6603     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6604       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6605       return;
6606     }
6607 
6608     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6609   }
6610 
6611   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
6612   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
6613   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
6614   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
6615       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
6616     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
6617   }
6618 
6619   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
6620   // completed by the initializer. For example:
6621   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
6622   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
6623   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
6624     VDecl->setType(DclT);
6625 
6626   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
6627   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
6628 
6629   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6630     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
6631 
6632     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6633       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
6634 
6635     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
6636     // Although this code can still have problems:
6637     //   id x = self.weakProp;
6638     //   id y = self.weakProp;
6639     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
6640     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
6641     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
6642     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
6643       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
6644         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
6645                                  Init->getLocStart());
6646       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
6647         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
6648     }
6649   }
6650 
6651   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
6652   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
6653   VDecl->setInit(Init);
6654 
6655   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
6656     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
6657     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
6658     // C++ does not have this restriction.
6659     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6660         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6661       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6662   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
6663              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
6664     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
6665     //
6666     // struct S {
6667     //   static const int value = 17;
6668     // };
6669 
6670     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
6671     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
6672     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
6673     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
6674     //
6675     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
6676     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
6677     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6678     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
6679     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
6680     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
6681     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
6682     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
6683     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
6684 
6685     // Do nothing on dependent types.
6686     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
6687 
6688     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
6689     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
6690     // type.
6691     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
6692 
6693     // Require constness.
6694     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
6695       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
6696         << Init->getSourceRange();
6697       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6698 
6699     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
6700     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6701       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
6702       SourceLocation Loc;
6703       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
6704         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
6705         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
6706         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
6707       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
6708         ; // Nothing to check.
6709       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
6710         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
6711       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6712         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
6713         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
6714         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6715           << Init->getSourceRange();
6716       } else {
6717         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
6718         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
6719         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6720           << Init->getSourceRange();
6721         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6722       }
6723 
6724     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
6725     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
6726       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
6727         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6728       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
6729         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
6730              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
6731           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6732 
6733       if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6734         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6735           << Init->getSourceRange();
6736         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6737       }
6738 
6739     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
6740     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) {
6741       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
6742         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
6743         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6744       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
6745 
6746     } else {
6747       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
6748         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6749       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6750     }
6751   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
6752     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
6753         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
6754          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
6755       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
6756 
6757     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
6758     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6759       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6760   }
6761 
6762   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
6763   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
6764   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
6765   //
6766   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
6767   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
6768   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
6769   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
6770   // special case code.
6771 
6772   // C++ 8.5p11:
6773   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
6774   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
6775   // class type.
6776   if (CXXDirectInit) {
6777     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
6778     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
6779   } else if (DirectInit) {
6780     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
6781     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
6782   }
6783 
6784   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
6785 }
6786 
6787 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
6788 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
6789 /// of sanity.
6790 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
6791   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
6792   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
6793   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6794 
6795   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6796   if (!VD) return;
6797 
6798   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
6799   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
6800     D->setInvalidDecl();
6801     return;
6802   }
6803 
6804   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
6805   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
6806 
6807   // Require a complete type.
6808   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
6809                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
6810                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6811     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6812     return;
6813   }
6814 
6815   // Require an abstract type.
6816   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
6817                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6818                              AbstractVariableType)) {
6819     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6820     return;
6821   }
6822 
6823   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
6824   // though.
6825 }
6826 
6827 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
6828                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6829   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
6830   if (RealDecl == 0)
6831     return;
6832 
6833   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6834     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6835 
6836     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
6837     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
6838       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
6839         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
6840       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6841       return;
6842     }
6843 
6844     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
6845     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
6846     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
6847     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
6848     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
6849     // member.
6850     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6851       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
6852         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6853              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
6854           << Var->getDeclName();
6855       else
6856         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
6857       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6858       return;
6859     }
6860 
6861     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6862     case VarDecl::Definition:
6863       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
6864         break;
6865 
6866       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
6867       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
6868       // a declaration.
6869       //
6870       // Fall through
6871 
6872     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
6873       // It's only a declaration.
6874 
6875       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
6876       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
6877       // object shall be complete.
6878       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
6879           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6880           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6881                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
6882         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6883 
6884       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
6885       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6886           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6887                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6888                                  AbstractVariableType))
6889         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6890       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6891           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
6892         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
6893         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
6894       }
6895 
6896       return;
6897 
6898     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
6899       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
6900       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
6901       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
6902       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
6903       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
6904       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
6905         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
6906                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
6907           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6908                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
6909                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
6910             Var->setInvalidDecl();
6911         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6912           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
6913           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
6914           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
6915           // NOTE: code such as the following
6916           //     static struct s;
6917           //     struct s { int a; };
6918           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
6919           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
6920           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
6921           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
6922             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6923                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
6924         }
6925       }
6926 
6927       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
6928       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
6929         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
6930       return;
6931     }
6932 
6933     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6934     // definitions with incomplete array type.
6935     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
6936       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6937            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
6938       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6939       return;
6940     }
6941 
6942     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6943     // definitions with reference type.
6944     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
6945       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
6946         << Var->getDeclName()
6947         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
6948       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6949       return;
6950     }
6951 
6952     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
6953     // variable with dependent type.
6954     if (Type->isDependentType())
6955       return;
6956 
6957     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
6958       return;
6959 
6960     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6961                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
6962                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6963       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6964       return;
6965     }
6966 
6967     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6968     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6969                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6970                                AbstractVariableType)) {
6971       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6972       return;
6973     }
6974 
6975     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
6976     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
6977     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
6978     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
6979     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
6980     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
6981     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
6982     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
6983     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
6984     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
6985     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6986       if (const RecordType *Record
6987             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6988         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
6989         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
6990         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
6991         // incompatibilities with C++98.
6992         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
6993           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6994       }
6995     }
6996 
6997     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
6998     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
6999     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
7000     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
7001     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
7002     //   type shall have a user-declared default
7003     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
7004     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
7005     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
7006     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
7007     //   program is ill-formed.
7008     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
7009     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
7010     //   default-initialized; [...].
7011     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
7012     InitializationKind Kind
7013       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
7014 
7015     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
7016     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg());
7017     if (Init.isInvalid())
7018       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7019     else if (Init.get()) {
7020       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
7021       // This is important for template substitution.
7022       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
7023     }
7024 
7025     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
7026   }
7027 }
7028 
7029 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
7030   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7031   if (!VD) {
7032     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
7033     D->setInvalidDecl();
7034     return;
7035   }
7036 
7037   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
7038 
7039   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
7040   int Error = -1;
7041   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
7042   case SC_None:
7043     break;
7044   case SC_Extern:
7045     Error = 0;
7046     break;
7047   case SC_Static:
7048     Error = 1;
7049     break;
7050   case SC_PrivateExtern:
7051     Error = 2;
7052     break;
7053   case SC_Auto:
7054     Error = 3;
7055     break;
7056   case SC_Register:
7057     Error = 4;
7058     break;
7059   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
7060     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
7061   }
7062   if (VD->isConstexpr())
7063     Error = 5;
7064   if (Error != -1) {
7065     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
7066       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
7067     D->setInvalidDecl();
7068   }
7069 }
7070 
7071 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
7072   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
7073 
7074   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
7075   // local retaining variable.
7076   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7077       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
7078     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
7079     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
7080     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
7081     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
7082       break;
7083 
7084     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
7085     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
7086       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7087       break;
7088     }
7089   }
7090 
7091   // All the following checks are C++ only.
7092   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
7093 
7094   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType());
7095   if (baseType->isDependentType()) return;
7096 
7097   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
7098   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7099     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
7100     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
7101 
7102     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
7103     // constructing this copy.
7104     QualType type = var->getType();
7105 
7106     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
7107       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
7108       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
7109       ExprResult result =
7110         PerformCopyInitialization(
7111                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
7112                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
7113       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
7114         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
7115         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
7116         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
7117       }
7118     }
7119   }
7120 
7121   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
7122   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
7123 
7124   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) {
7125     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
7126         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
7127                                             var->getLocation())
7128           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
7129         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
7130       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
7131         << Init->getSourceRange();
7132 
7133     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
7134       llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
7135       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
7136         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
7137         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
7138         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
7139         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
7140               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
7141           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
7142           Notes.clear();
7143         }
7144         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
7145           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
7146         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
7147           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
7148       }
7149     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
7150       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
7151       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
7152       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
7153       var->checkInitIsICE();
7154     }
7155   }
7156 
7157   // Require the destructor.
7158   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
7159     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
7160 }
7161 
7162 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
7163 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
7164 void
7165 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
7166   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
7167   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
7168 
7169   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
7170   // tag values.
7171   if (ThisDecl && ThisDecl->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
7172     const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
7173     if (VD && VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7174       for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
7175                I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
7176                E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
7177            I != E; ++I) {
7178         const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
7179         if (!MagicValueExpr) {
7180           continue;
7181         }
7182         llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
7183         if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
7184           Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7185                diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
7186             << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7187           continue;
7188         }
7189         if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
7190           Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7191                diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
7192             << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7193           continue;
7194         }
7195         uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
7196         RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
7197                                    MagicValue,
7198                                    I->getMatchingCType(),
7199                                    I->getLayoutCompatible(),
7200                                    I->getMustBeNull());
7201       }
7202     }
7203   }
7204 }
7205 
7206 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7207 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
7208                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7209   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
7210 
7211   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
7212     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
7213 
7214   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7215     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
7216       Decls.push_back(D);
7217 
7218   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
7219                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
7220 }
7221 
7222 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
7223 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
7224 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7225 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
7226                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7227   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
7228   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
7229   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
7230   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
7231   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
7232   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
7233   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
7234   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
7235     QualType Deduced;
7236     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
7237     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
7238     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
7239       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
7240         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
7241         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
7242         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
7243           break;
7244         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
7245           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
7246           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
7247           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
7248             Deduced = U;
7249             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
7250             DeducedDecl = D;
7251           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
7252             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
7253                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
7254               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
7255               << U << D->getDeclName()
7256               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
7257               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
7258             D->setInvalidDecl();
7259             break;
7260           }
7261         }
7262       }
7263     }
7264   }
7265 
7266   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls);
7267 
7268   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
7269 }
7270 
7271 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
7272   ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1);
7273 }
7274 
7275 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7276   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
7277   if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0])
7278    return;
7279 
7280   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
7281                                Group[0]->getLocation())
7282         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
7283     return;
7284 
7285   if (NumDecls >= 2) {
7286     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
7287     // procuded from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
7288     // additional declaration references:
7289     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
7290     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
7291     //   'struct S *pS;'
7292     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
7293     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
7294     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
7295       Group++;
7296       NumDecls--;
7297     }
7298   }
7299 
7300   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
7301   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
7302   if (!Comments.empty() &&
7303       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
7304     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
7305     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
7306     //
7307     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
7308     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
7309     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
7310     // ahead through comments.
7311     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7312       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
7313   }
7314 }
7315 
7316 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
7317 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
7318 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
7319   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
7320 
7321   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
7322   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
7323   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
7324   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
7325   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
7326     StorageClass = SC_Register;
7327     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
7328   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7329              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
7330     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
7331     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
7332   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
7333     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7334          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
7335     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
7336   }
7337 
7338   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
7339     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
7340   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
7341     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
7342       << 0;
7343 
7344   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
7345 
7346   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
7347   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
7348 
7349   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7350     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
7351     // parameter.
7352     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
7353 
7354     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7355     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7356       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
7357         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7358       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
7359     }
7360   }
7361 
7362   // Ensure we have a valid name
7363   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
7364   if (D.hasName()) {
7365     II = D.getIdentifier();
7366     if (!II) {
7367       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
7368         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
7369       D.setInvalidType(true);
7370     }
7371   }
7372 
7373   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
7374   if (II) {
7375     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
7376                    ForRedeclaration);
7377     LookupName(R, S);
7378     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
7379       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7380       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
7381         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7382         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
7383         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7384         PrevDecl = 0;
7385       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
7386         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
7387         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7388 
7389         // Recover by removing the name
7390         II = 0;
7391         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
7392         D.setInvalidType(true);
7393       }
7394     }
7395   }
7396 
7397   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
7398   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
7399   // looking like class members in C++.
7400   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
7401                                     D.getLocStart(),
7402                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
7403                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
7404                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
7405 
7406   if (D.isInvalidType())
7407     New->setInvalidDecl();
7408 
7409   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
7410   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
7411   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
7412                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
7413 
7414   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
7415   S->AddDecl(New);
7416   if (II)
7417     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
7418 
7419   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
7420 
7421   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
7422     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7423       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
7424       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7425       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7426 
7427   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7428     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7429   }
7430   return New;
7431 }
7432 
7433 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
7434 /// typedef.
7435 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
7436                                               SourceLocation Loc,
7437                                               QualType T) {
7438   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
7439      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
7440      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
7441   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
7442                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
7443                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
7444   Param->setImplicit();
7445   return Param;
7446 }
7447 
7448 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7449                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
7450   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
7451   // will already have done so in the template itself.
7452   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7453     return;
7454 
7455   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7456     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
7457         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
7458       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
7459         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
7460     }
7461   }
7462 }
7463 
7464 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7465                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
7466                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
7467                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
7468   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
7469     return;
7470 
7471   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7472   // threshold.
7473   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
7474     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
7475     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7476       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
7477           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
7478   }
7479 
7480   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7481   // threshold.
7482   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7483     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
7484     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
7485       continue;
7486     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
7487     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7488       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
7489           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
7490   }
7491 }
7492 
7493 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7494                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
7495                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7496                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
7497                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
7498   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
7499   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7500       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
7501       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
7502 
7503     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
7504 
7505     // Special cases for arrays:
7506     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
7507     //   - otherwise, it's an error
7508     if (T->isArrayType()) {
7509       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7510         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
7511             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
7512             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
7513       }
7514       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
7515     } else {
7516       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
7517     }
7518     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
7519   }
7520 
7521   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
7522                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
7523                                          TSInfo,
7524                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
7525                                          0);
7526 
7527   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
7528   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7529   // the class has been completely parsed.
7530   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
7531       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7532                              AbstractParamType))
7533     New->setInvalidDecl();
7534 
7535   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
7536   // passed by reference.
7537   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7538     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
7539     Diag(NameLoc,
7540          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
7541       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
7542     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7543     New->setType(T);
7544   }
7545 
7546   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
7547   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
7548   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
7549   // an address space.
7550   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
7551     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
7552     New->setInvalidDecl();
7553   }
7554 
7555   return New;
7556 }
7557 
7558 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7559                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
7560   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7561 
7562   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
7563   // for a K&R function.
7564   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
7565     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
7566       --i;
7567       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
7568         SmallString<256> Code;
7569         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
7570                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
7571                                         << ";\n";
7572         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
7573           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
7574           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
7575 
7576         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
7577         // type.
7578         AttributeFactory attrs;
7579         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
7580         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
7581         unsigned DiagID; // unused
7582         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
7583                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
7584         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
7585         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7586         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7587         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
7588         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7589         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
7590       }
7591     }
7592   }
7593 }
7594 
7595 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
7596   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
7597   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
7598   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
7599 
7600   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
7601   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
7602   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
7603 }
7604 
7605 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7606   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
7607   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7608     return false;
7609 
7610   // Or declarations that aren't global.
7611   if (!FD->isGlobal())
7612     return false;
7613 
7614   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
7615   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
7616     return false;
7617 
7618   // Don't warn about 'main'.
7619   if (FD->isMain())
7620     return false;
7621 
7622   // Don't warn about inline functions.
7623   if (FD->isInlined())
7624     return false;
7625 
7626   // Don't warn about function templates.
7627   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7628     return false;
7629 
7630   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
7631   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
7632     return false;
7633 
7634   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
7635   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
7636     return false;
7637 
7638   bool MissingPrototype = true;
7639   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
7640        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
7641     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
7642     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
7643     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
7644       continue;
7645 
7646     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
7647     break;
7648   }
7649 
7650   return MissingPrototype;
7651 }
7652 
7653 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7654   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
7655   // was an extern inline function.
7656   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
7657   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
7658       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
7659     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
7660         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
7661       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
7662         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7663     else
7664       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
7665     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7666     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7667   }
7668 }
7669 
7670 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
7671   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
7672   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
7673 
7674   if (!D)
7675     return D;
7676   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7677 
7678   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
7679     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7680   else
7681     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
7682 
7683   // Enter a new function scope
7684   PushFunctionScope();
7685 
7686   // See if this is a redefinition.
7687   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
7688     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
7689 
7690   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
7691   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7692     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
7693       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
7694       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7695     }
7696   }
7697 
7698   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
7699   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
7700   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
7701   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
7702       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7703       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
7704                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
7705     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7706 
7707   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
7708   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
7709   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
7710   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
7711   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
7712   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
7713     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
7714 
7715   if (FnBodyScope)
7716     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
7717 
7718   // Check the validity of our function parameters
7719   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7720                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
7721 
7722   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
7723   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
7724     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
7725     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
7726 
7727     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
7728     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
7729       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
7730 
7731       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
7732     }
7733   }
7734 
7735   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
7736   // introduce them into the function scope.
7737   if (FnBodyScope) {
7738     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
7739            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
7740       NamedDecl *D = *I;
7741 
7742       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
7743       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
7744       // and reattach to the current context.
7745       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
7746         // Is the decl actually in the context?
7747         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
7748                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
7749           if (*DI == D) {
7750             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
7751             break;
7752           }
7753         }
7754         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
7755         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7756       }
7757 
7758       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
7759       if (!D->getName().empty())
7760         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7761 
7762       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
7763       // accessible in this scope.
7764       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
7765         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
7766                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
7767           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7768       }
7769     }
7770   }
7771 
7772   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
7773   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
7774     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
7775 
7776   // Checking attributes of current function definition
7777   // dllimport attribute.
7778   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7779   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
7780     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
7781     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
7782     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
7783         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
7784       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7785            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
7786         << "dllimport";
7787       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7788       return FD;
7789     }
7790 
7791     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
7792     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
7793     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
7794       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
7795       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
7796       // emitted.
7797       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7798            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
7799         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
7800     }
7801   }
7802   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
7803   // a function template).
7804   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
7805   return FD;
7806 }
7807 
7808 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
7809 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
7810 /// optimization.
7811 ///
7812 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
7813 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
7814 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
7815 /// use the named return value optimization.
7816 ///
7817 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
7818 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
7819 /// the NRVO variable.
7820 ///
7821 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
7822 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
7823 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
7824 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
7825   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
7826 
7827   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
7828   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
7829     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7830       return;
7831 
7832     if (!NRVOCandidate)
7833       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
7834     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7835       return;
7836   }
7837 
7838   if (NRVOCandidate)
7839     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
7840 }
7841 
7842 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
7843   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
7844 }
7845 
7846 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
7847                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
7848   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7849   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
7850   if (FunTmpl)
7851     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7852   else
7853     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
7854 
7855   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
7856   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
7857 
7858   if (FD) {
7859     FD->setBody(Body);
7860 
7861     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
7862     // don't complain about missing return statements.
7863     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
7864       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
7865 
7866     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
7867     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
7868     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
7869       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
7870 
7871     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7872       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
7873       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7874                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
7875 
7876       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
7877       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
7878         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
7879 
7880       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
7881       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
7882       // to deduce an implicit return type.
7883       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
7884           !FD->isDependentContext())
7885         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7886     }
7887 
7888     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
7889            "Function parsing confused");
7890   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
7891     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
7892     MD->setBody(Body);
7893     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7894       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
7895       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
7896                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
7897 
7898       if (Body)
7899         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7900     }
7901     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) {
7902       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
7903         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
7904       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false;
7905     }
7906     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) {
7907       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize);
7908       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false;
7909     }
7910   } else {
7911     return 0;
7912   }
7913 
7914   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc &&
7915          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
7916          "handled in the block above.");
7917   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize &&
7918          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
7919          "handled in the block above.");
7920 
7921   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
7922   if (Body) {
7923     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
7924     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
7925     // Verify this.
7926     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
7927       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
7928 
7929     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
7930     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
7931         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
7932         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
7933         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
7934       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
7935 
7936     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
7937       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
7938         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
7939 
7940       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
7941                                              Destructor->getParent());
7942     }
7943 
7944     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7945     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7946     // deletion in some later function.
7947     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
7948         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
7949       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7950     } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
7951       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
7952       // enabled.
7953       ActivePolicy = &WP;
7954     }
7955 
7956     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7957         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
7958          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
7959       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7960 
7961     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
7962     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
7963     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
7964            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
7965   }
7966 
7967   if (!IsInstantiation)
7968     PopDeclContext();
7969 
7970   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
7971 
7972   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7973   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7974   // deletion in some later function.
7975   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
7976     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7977   }
7978 
7979   return dcl;
7980 }
7981 
7982 
7983 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
7984 /// relevant Decl.
7985 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
7986                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
7987   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
7988   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
7989     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
7990   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
7991 
7992   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
7993     if (Method->isStatic())
7994       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
7995 }
7996 
7997 
7998 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
7999 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
8000 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
8001                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
8002   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
8003   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
8004   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
8005   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
8006   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
8007     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
8008   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
8009     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
8010     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8011     return Pos->second;
8012   }
8013 
8014   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
8015   unsigned diag_id;
8016   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
8017     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
8018   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
8019     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
8020   else
8021     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
8022   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
8023 
8024   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
8025   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
8026   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
8027     TypoCorrection Corrected;
8028     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
8029     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
8030                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
8031       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
8032       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
8033       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
8034 
8035       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
8036           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
8037 
8038       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
8039           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
8040         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
8041             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
8042     }
8043   }
8044 
8045   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
8046   const char *Dummy;
8047   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
8048   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
8049   unsigned DiagID;
8050   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
8051   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
8052   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
8053   SourceLocation NoLoc;
8054   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
8055   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
8056                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
8057                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
8058                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
8059                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
8060                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
8061                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
8062                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
8063                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
8064                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
8065                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
8066                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
8067                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
8068                                              EST_None,
8069                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
8070                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
8071                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
8072                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
8073                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
8074                                              Loc, Loc, D),
8075                 DS.getAttributes(),
8076                 SourceLocation());
8077   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
8078 
8079   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
8080 
8081   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
8082   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8083 
8084   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
8085   FD->setImplicit();
8086 
8087   CurContext = PrevDC;
8088 
8089   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
8090 
8091   return FD;
8092 }
8093 
8094 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
8095 /// the declaration of this function.
8096 ///
8097 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
8098 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
8099 /// like NSLog or printf.
8100 ///
8101 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
8102 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
8103 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8104   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8105     return;
8106 
8107   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
8108   // actual attributes.
8109   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
8110     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
8111     unsigned FormatIdx;
8112     bool HasVAListArg;
8113     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
8114       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
8115         const char *fmt = "printf";
8116         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
8117         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
8118             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8119           fmt = "NSString";
8120         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8121                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
8122                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
8123       }
8124     }
8125     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
8126                                              HasVAListArg)) {
8127      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8128        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8129                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
8130                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
8131     }
8132 
8133     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
8134     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
8135     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
8136     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
8137         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
8138       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8139         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8140     }
8141 
8142     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
8143         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
8144       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8145     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
8146       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8147     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8148       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8149   }
8150 
8151   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
8152   if (!Name)
8153     return;
8154   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8155        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
8156       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
8157        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
8158        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
8159     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
8160     // about.
8161   } else
8162     return;
8163 
8164   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
8165     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
8166     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
8167     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8168       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8169                                              "printf", 2,
8170                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
8171   }
8172 
8173   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
8174     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
8175     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
8176     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
8177       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
8178   }
8179 }
8180 
8181 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
8182                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
8183   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
8184   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
8185 
8186   if (!TInfo) {
8187     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
8188     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
8189   }
8190 
8191   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
8192   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
8193                                            D.getLocStart(),
8194                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8195                                            D.getIdentifier(),
8196                                            TInfo);
8197 
8198   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
8199   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
8200     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
8201     return NewTD;
8202   }
8203 
8204   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8205     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
8206       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
8207         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
8208         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
8209         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
8210     else
8211       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
8212   }
8213 
8214   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
8215   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
8216   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
8217   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
8218   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
8219   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
8220   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
8221   case TST_enum:
8222   case TST_struct:
8223   case TST_interface:
8224   case TST_union:
8225   case TST_class: {
8226     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
8227 
8228     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
8229     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
8230     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
8231     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
8232 
8233     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
8234     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
8235 
8236     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
8237     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
8238       break;
8239 
8240     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
8241     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
8242     break;
8243   }
8244 
8245   default:
8246     break;
8247   }
8248 
8249   return NewTD;
8250 }
8251 
8252 
8253 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
8254 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
8255   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8256   QualType T = TI->getType();
8257 
8258   if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context))
8259     return false;
8260 
8261   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
8262   return true;
8263 }
8264 
8265 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
8266 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
8267 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
8268                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
8269                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
8270   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
8271 
8272   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
8273     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
8274       << Prev->isScoped();
8275     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8276     return true;
8277   }
8278 
8279   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
8280     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
8281         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
8282         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
8283                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
8284       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
8285         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
8286       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8287       return true;
8288     }
8289   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
8290     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
8291       << Prev->isFixed();
8292     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8293     return true;
8294   }
8295 
8296   return false;
8297 }
8298 
8299 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
8300 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
8301 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
8302 ///
8303 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
8304 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
8305   switch (Tag) {
8306   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
8307   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
8308   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
8309   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
8310   }
8311 }
8312 
8313 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
8314 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
8315 ///
8316 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
8317 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
8318 {
8319   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
8320 }
8321 
8322 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
8323 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
8324 ///
8325 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
8326 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
8327                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
8328                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
8329                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
8330   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
8331   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
8332   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
8333   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
8334   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
8335   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
8336   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
8337   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
8338   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
8339   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
8340   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
8341   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
8342   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
8343   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
8344   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
8345     if (OldTag == NewTag)
8346       return true;
8347 
8348   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
8349     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
8350     bool isTemplate = false;
8351     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
8352       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
8353 
8354     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8355       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
8356       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
8357       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8358         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8359         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
8360       return true;
8361     }
8362 
8363     if (isDefinition) {
8364       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
8365       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
8366       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8367         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
8368         return true;
8369       }
8370 
8371       bool previousMismatch = false;
8372       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
8373            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
8374         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
8375           if (!previousMismatch) {
8376             previousMismatch = true;
8377             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
8378               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8379               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
8380           }
8381           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8382             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
8383             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
8384                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
8385         }
8386       }
8387       return true;
8388     }
8389 
8390     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
8391     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
8392     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
8393     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
8394                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
8395     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
8396       return true;
8397     }
8398 
8399     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8400       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8401       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
8402     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8403 
8404     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
8405     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8406         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8407           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
8408           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
8409                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
8410     }
8411 
8412     return true;
8413   }
8414   return false;
8415 }
8416 
8417 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
8418 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
8419 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
8420 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
8421 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
8422                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8423                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
8424                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
8425                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
8426                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
8427                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
8428                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
8429                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
8430                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
8431   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
8432   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
8433   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
8434          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
8435   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
8436 
8437   OwnedDecl = false;
8438   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
8439   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
8440 
8441   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
8442   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
8443   bool Invalid = false;
8444 
8445   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
8446   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
8447   // for non-C++ cases.
8448   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
8449       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
8450     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
8451           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
8452                                                 TemplateParameterLists.data(),
8453                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8454                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
8455                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
8456                                                     Invalid)) {
8457       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8458         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
8459         // be a member of another template).
8460 
8461         if (Invalid)
8462           return 0;
8463 
8464         OwnedDecl = false;
8465         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
8466                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
8467                                                TemplateParams, AS,
8468                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
8469                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
8470                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
8471         return Result.get();
8472       } else {
8473         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
8474         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
8475           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
8476         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
8477       }
8478     }
8479   }
8480 
8481   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
8482   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
8483   // redeclaration.
8484   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
8485 
8486   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8487     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
8488       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
8489       // type, default to int.
8490       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8491     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
8492       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
8493       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
8494       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
8495       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
8496       EnumUnderlying = TI;
8497 
8498       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
8499         // Recover by falling back to int.
8500         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8501 
8502       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
8503                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
8504         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8505 
8506     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8507       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
8508       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8509   }
8510 
8511   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
8512   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
8513   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
8514 
8515   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
8516   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
8517     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
8518 
8519   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
8520 
8521   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8522     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
8523 
8524     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
8525     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
8526       Name = 0;
8527       goto CreateNewDecl;
8528     }
8529 
8530     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
8531     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
8532     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8533       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
8534       if (!DC) {
8535         IsDependent = true;
8536         return 0;
8537       }
8538     } else {
8539       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
8540       if (!DC) {
8541         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
8542           << SS.getRange();
8543         return 0;
8544       }
8545     }
8546 
8547     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
8548       return 0;
8549 
8550     SearchDC = DC;
8551     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
8552     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
8553 
8554     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8555       return 0;
8556 
8557     if (Previous.empty()) {
8558       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
8559       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
8560       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
8561       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
8562       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
8563       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
8564       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
8565           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8566         IsDependent = true;
8567         return 0;
8568       }
8569 
8570       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
8571       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
8572         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
8573       Name = 0;
8574       Invalid = true;
8575       goto CreateNewDecl;
8576     }
8577   } else if (Name) {
8578     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
8579     // declaration or definition.
8580     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
8581     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
8582     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
8583     LookupName(Previous, S);
8584 
8585     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
8586         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
8587       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
8588       while (F.hasNext()) {
8589         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
8590         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
8591           F.erase();
8592       }
8593       F.done();
8594     }
8595 
8596     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
8597     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8598       return 0;
8599 
8600     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
8601       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
8602       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
8603       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
8604       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
8605       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
8606         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8607     }
8608   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
8609     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
8610     // initial context to the translation unit.
8611     // FIXME: [citation needed]
8612     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8613   }
8614 
8615   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
8616       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
8617     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8618     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
8619     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8620     Previous.clear();
8621   }
8622 
8623   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
8624       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
8625     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
8626     isStdBadAlloc = true;
8627 
8628     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
8629       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
8630       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
8631       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
8632       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
8633     }
8634   }
8635 
8636   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
8637   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
8638   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
8639   // there's a shadow friend decl.
8640   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
8641       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8642     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
8643     assert(SS.isEmpty());
8644 
8645     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8646       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
8647       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
8648       //
8649       //          class-key identifier
8650       //
8651       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
8652       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
8653       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
8654       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
8655       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
8656       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
8657       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
8658       //      declaration.
8659       //
8660       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
8661       // C structs and unions.
8662       //
8663       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
8664       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
8665       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
8666       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
8667       //
8668       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
8669       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
8670       //
8671       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
8672       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
8673       // lexical context,
8674       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8675         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8676 
8677       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
8678       while (S->isClassScope() ||
8679              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8680               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8681              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8682              (S->getEntity() &&
8683               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
8684         S = S->getParent();
8685     } else {
8686       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
8687       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
8688       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
8689       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
8690       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
8691       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
8692     }
8693 
8694     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
8695     // diagnose some problems.
8696     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8697       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
8698       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
8699     }
8700   }
8701 
8702   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8703     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
8704 
8705     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
8706     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
8707     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
8708     // in C++.
8709     //
8710     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
8711     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
8712     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
8713     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
8714     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8715       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8716         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
8717           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
8718           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
8719               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
8720                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
8721             PrevDecl = Tag;
8722             Previous.clear();
8723             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
8724             Previous.resolveKind();
8725           }
8726         }
8727       }
8728     }
8729 
8730     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8731       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
8732       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
8733       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
8734       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
8735           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8736         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
8737         // struct or something similar.
8738         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
8739                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
8740                                           *Name)) {
8741           bool SafeToContinue
8742             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
8743                Kind != TTK_Enum);
8744           if (SafeToContinue)
8745             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
8746               << Name
8747               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
8748                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
8749           else
8750             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
8751           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8752 
8753           if (SafeToContinue)
8754             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
8755           else {
8756             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
8757             Name = 0;
8758             Previous.clear();
8759             Invalid = true;
8760           }
8761         }
8762 
8763         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
8764           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
8765 
8766           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
8767           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
8768           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8769             if (ScopedEnum)
8770               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
8771                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
8772                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
8773             return PrevTagDecl;
8774           }
8775 
8776           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
8777           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8778             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
8779           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
8780             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
8781 
8782           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
8783           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
8784           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
8785           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
8786                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
8787             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
8788         }
8789 
8790         if (!Invalid) {
8791           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
8792 
8793           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
8794           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
8795           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
8796           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
8797           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
8798                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
8799             return PrevTagDecl;
8800 
8801           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
8802           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
8803             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
8804               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
8805               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
8806               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
8807               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
8808               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
8809                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
8810                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
8811                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
8812                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
8813                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
8814                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
8815                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
8816                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
8817               }
8818 
8819               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
8820                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
8821                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
8822                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
8823                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
8824                 else
8825                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
8826                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8827                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
8828                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
8829                 // references get the previous definition.
8830                 Name = 0;
8831                 Previous.clear();
8832                 Invalid = true;
8833               }
8834             } else {
8835               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
8836               // about a nested redefinition.
8837               const TagType *Tag
8838                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
8839               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
8840                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
8841                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
8842                      diag::note_previous_definition);
8843                 Name = 0;
8844                 Previous.clear();
8845                 Invalid = true;
8846               }
8847             }
8848 
8849             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
8850             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
8851           }
8852         }
8853         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
8854         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
8855 
8856       } else {
8857         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
8858         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
8859         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
8860         // have distinct types.
8861         Previous.clear();
8862       }
8863       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
8864       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
8865       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
8866 
8867 
8868     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
8869     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
8870     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
8871     } else {
8872       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
8873       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
8874       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
8875       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
8876           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
8877         unsigned Kind = 0;
8878         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8879         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8880         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8881         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
8882         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
8883         Invalid = true;
8884 
8885       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
8886       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
8887                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8888         // do nothing
8889 
8890       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
8891       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8892         unsigned Kind = 0;
8893         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8894         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8895         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8896         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
8897         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8898         Invalid = true;
8899 
8900       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
8901       // case here.
8902       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8903         unsigned Kind = 0;
8904         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8905         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
8906           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
8907         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8908         Invalid = true;
8909 
8910       // Otherwise, diagnose.
8911       } else {
8912         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
8913         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
8914         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
8915         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8916         Name = 0;
8917         Invalid = true;
8918       }
8919 
8920       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
8921       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
8922       Previous.clear();
8923     }
8924   }
8925 
8926 CreateNewDecl:
8927 
8928   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
8929   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
8930     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
8931 
8932   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
8933   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
8934   // keyword.
8935   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
8936 
8937   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
8938   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
8939   // PrevDecl.
8940   TagDecl *New;
8941 
8942   bool IsForwardReference = false;
8943   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8944     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8945     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
8946     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8947                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
8948                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
8949     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
8950     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
8951       TagDecl *Def;
8952       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
8953         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
8954         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
8955       }
8956       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
8957         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
8958           << New;
8959         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8960       } else {
8961         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
8962         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8963           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
8964         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8965           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
8966         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
8967 
8968         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
8969         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
8970         // the declaration context.
8971         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
8972           IsForwardReference = true;
8973       }
8974     }
8975 
8976     if (EnumUnderlying) {
8977       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
8978       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8979         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
8980       else
8981         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
8982       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
8983     }
8984 
8985   } else {
8986     // struct/union/class
8987 
8988     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8989     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
8990     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8991       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
8992       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8993                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8994 
8995       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
8996         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
8997     } else
8998       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8999                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
9000   }
9001 
9002   // Maybe add qualifier info.
9003   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
9004     if (SS.isSet()) {
9005       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
9006       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
9007       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
9008       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
9009       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
9010       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
9011           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
9012           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
9013         Invalid = true;
9014 
9015       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
9016       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
9017         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
9018                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
9019                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
9020       }
9021     }
9022     else
9023       Invalid = true;
9024   }
9025 
9026   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
9027     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
9028     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
9029     //
9030     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
9031     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
9032     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
9033     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
9034     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
9035     // parsing of the struct).
9036     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
9037       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
9038       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
9039     }
9040   }
9041 
9042   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
9043     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
9044       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
9045         << 2
9046         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
9047     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
9048     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
9049     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
9050     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
9051       New->setModulePrivate();
9052   }
9053 
9054   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
9055   // check the specialization.
9056   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
9057     Invalid = true;
9058 
9059   if (Invalid)
9060     New->setInvalidDecl();
9061 
9062   if (Attr)
9063     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
9064 
9065   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
9066   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
9067   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9068     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
9069 
9070   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
9071   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
9072   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9073 
9074   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
9075   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
9076   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
9077   // the tag name visible.
9078   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
9079     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
9080                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
9081 
9082   // Set the access specifier.
9083   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
9084     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
9085 
9086   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
9087     New->startDefinition();
9088 
9089   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9090   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9091     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
9092     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
9093     if (PrevDecl)
9094       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
9095 
9096     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
9097     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
9098     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
9099       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
9100         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
9101   } else if (Name) {
9102     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
9103     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
9104     if (IsForwardReference)
9105       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
9106 
9107   } else {
9108     CurContext->addDecl(New);
9109   }
9110 
9111   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
9112   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
9113     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
9114         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
9115         II->isStr("FILE"))
9116       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
9117 
9118   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
9119   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
9120   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9121       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
9122     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
9123 
9124   if (PrevDecl)
9125     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
9126 
9127   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
9128   // record.
9129   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
9130 
9131   OwnedDecl = true;
9132   return New;
9133 }
9134 
9135 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9136   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9137   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9138 
9139   // Enter the tag context.
9140   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
9141 
9142   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
9143 
9144   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
9145   // record.
9146   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
9147 }
9148 
9149 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
9150   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
9151          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
9152   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
9153   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
9154       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
9155   CurContext = OCD;
9156   return IDecl;
9157 }
9158 
9159 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9160                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
9161                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
9162   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9163   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
9164 
9165   FieldCollector->StartClass();
9166 
9167   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
9168     return;
9169 
9170   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
9171     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
9172 
9173   // C++ [class]p2:
9174   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
9175   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
9176   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
9177   //   as if it were a public member name.
9178   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
9179     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
9180                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
9181                             Record->getIdentifier(),
9182                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
9183                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
9184   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
9185   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
9186   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
9187   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
9188       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
9189   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
9190   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
9191          "Broken injected-class-name");
9192 }
9193 
9194 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9195                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
9196   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9197   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9198   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
9199 
9200   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9201   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9202     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
9203     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9204       RD->completeDefinition();
9205   }
9206 
9207   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
9208     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
9209 
9210   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
9211   PopDeclContext();
9212 
9213   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
9214   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
9215 }
9216 
9217 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
9218   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
9219   PopDeclContext();
9220 }
9221 
9222 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9223   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
9224   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
9225   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
9226 }
9227 
9228 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9229   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
9230   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
9231 }
9232 
9233 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9234   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9235   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9236   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
9237 
9238   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9239   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9240     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9241       RD->completeDefinition();
9242   }
9243 
9244   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
9245   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
9246   // the FieldCollector.
9247 
9248   PopDeclContext();
9249 }
9250 
9251 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
9252 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
9253                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
9254                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
9255                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
9256   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
9257   if (ZeroWidth)
9258     *ZeroWidth = true;
9259 
9260   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
9261   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
9262   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9263     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
9264     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
9265       return ExprError();
9266     if (FieldName)
9267       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
9268         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9269     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
9270       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9271   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
9272                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
9273     return ExprError();
9274 
9275   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
9276   // it now.
9277   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
9278     return Owned(BitWidth);
9279 
9280   llvm::APSInt Value;
9281   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
9282   if (ICE.isInvalid())
9283     return ICE;
9284   BitWidth = ICE.take();
9285 
9286   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
9287     *ZeroWidth = false;
9288 
9289   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
9290   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
9291     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
9292 
9293   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
9294     if (FieldName)
9295       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9296                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
9297     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9298       << Value.toString(10);
9299   }
9300 
9301   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
9302     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
9303     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
9304       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9305         if (FieldName)
9306           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9307             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9308             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9309 
9310         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9311           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9312       }
9313 
9314       if (FieldName)
9315         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9316           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9317           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9318       else
9319         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9320           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9321     }
9322   }
9323 
9324   return Owned(BitWidth);
9325 }
9326 
9327 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
9328 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
9329 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
9330                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
9331   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
9332                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
9333                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
9334   return Res;
9335 }
9336 
9337 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
9338 ///
9339 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
9340                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
9341                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
9342                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9343                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
9344   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9345   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9346   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9347 
9348   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9349   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9350   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9351     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9352 
9353     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
9354                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
9355       D.setInvalidType();
9356       T = Context.IntTy;
9357       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
9358     }
9359   }
9360 
9361   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
9362 
9363   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
9364     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
9365   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9366     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9367       << 2;
9368 
9369   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
9370   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
9371   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
9372   LookupName(Previous, S);
9373   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
9374     case LookupResult::Found:
9375     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
9376       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
9377       break;
9378 
9379     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
9380       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9381       break;
9382 
9383     case LookupResult::NotFound:
9384     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
9385     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
9386       break;
9387   }
9388   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
9389 
9390   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9391     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9392     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9393     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9394     PrevDecl = 0;
9395   }
9396 
9397   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
9398     PrevDecl = 0;
9399 
9400   bool Mutable
9401     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
9402   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
9403   FieldDecl *NewFD
9404     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
9405                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
9406 
9407   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9408     Record->setInvalidDecl();
9409 
9410   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9411     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9412 
9413   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
9414     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
9415     // with the same name in the same scope.
9416   } else if (II) {
9417     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
9418   } else
9419     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
9420 
9421   return NewFD;
9422 }
9423 
9424 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
9425 ///
9426 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
9427 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
9428 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
9429 /// created.
9430 ///
9431 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
9432 ///
9433 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
9434 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
9435                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9436                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
9437                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
9438                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9439                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
9440                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
9441                                 Declarator *D) {
9442   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
9443   bool InvalidDecl = false;
9444   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
9445 
9446   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
9447   // marking this declaration as invalid.
9448   if (T.isNull()) {
9449     InvalidDecl = true;
9450     T = Context.IntTy;
9451   }
9452 
9453   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
9454   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9455     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9456       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
9457       Record->setInvalidDecl();
9458       InvalidDecl = true;
9459     } else {
9460       NamedDecl *Def;
9461       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
9462       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
9463         Record->setInvalidDecl();
9464         InvalidDecl = true;
9465       }
9466     }
9467   }
9468 
9469   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9470   // than a variably modified type.
9471   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9472     bool SizeIsNegative;
9473     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
9474     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
9475                                                            SizeIsNegative,
9476                                                            Oversized);
9477     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
9478       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
9479       T = FixedTy;
9480     } else {
9481       if (SizeIsNegative)
9482         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
9483       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
9484         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
9485           << Oversized.toString(10);
9486       else
9487         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
9488       InvalidDecl = true;
9489     }
9490   }
9491 
9492   // Fields can not have abstract class types
9493   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
9494                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9495                                              AbstractFieldType))
9496     InvalidDecl = true;
9497 
9498   bool ZeroWidth = false;
9499   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
9500   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
9501     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
9502     if (!BitWidth) {
9503       InvalidDecl = true;
9504       BitWidth = 0;
9505       ZeroWidth = false;
9506     }
9507   }
9508 
9509   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
9510   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
9511     unsigned DiagID = 0;
9512     if (T->isReferenceType())
9513       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
9514     else if (T.isConstQualified())
9515       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
9516 
9517     if (DiagID) {
9518       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
9519       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
9520         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
9521       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
9522       Mutable = false;
9523       InvalidDecl = true;
9524     }
9525   }
9526 
9527   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
9528                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
9529   if (InvalidDecl)
9530     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9531 
9532   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9533     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9534     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9535     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9536   }
9537 
9538   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9539     if (Record->isUnion()) {
9540       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9541         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9542         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9543           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
9544           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
9545           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
9546           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
9547           // objects.
9548           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
9549             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9550         }
9551       }
9552 
9553       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
9554       // the program is ill-formed.
9555       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
9556         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
9557           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
9558         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9559       }
9560     }
9561   }
9562 
9563   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
9564   // representation, not a parser representation.
9565   if (D)
9566     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
9567     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
9568 
9569   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
9570   // retainable type.
9571   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
9572     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9573 
9574   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
9575     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
9576 
9577   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
9578   return NewFD;
9579 }
9580 
9581 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
9582   assert(FD);
9583   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
9584 
9585   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9586     return true;
9587 
9588   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9589   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9590     CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9591     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9592       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
9593       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
9594       // copy constructors.
9595 
9596       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
9597       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
9598         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
9599       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
9600         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
9601       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
9602         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
9603       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
9604         member = CXXDestructor;
9605 
9606       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
9607         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
9608             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
9609           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
9610           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
9611           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
9612           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
9613           // members unavailable.
9614           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
9615           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
9616             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
9617               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
9618                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9619             return false;
9620           }
9621         }
9622 
9623         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ?
9624                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
9625                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
9626           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
9627         DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
9628         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x;
9629       }
9630     }
9631   }
9632 
9633   return false;
9634 }
9635 
9636 /// If the given constructor is user-declared, produce a diagnostic explaining
9637 /// that it makes the class non-trivial.
9638 static bool diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT,
9639                                                CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
9640                                                Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) {
9641   if (CD->isImplicit())
9642     return false;
9643 
9644   SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation();
9645   S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM;
9646   return true;
9647 }
9648 
9649 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
9650 /// special member, figure out why.
9651 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
9652   QualType QT(T, 0U);
9653   CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
9654 
9655   // Check whether the member was user-declared.
9656   switch (member) {
9657   case CXXInvalid:
9658     break;
9659 
9660   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
9661     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
9662       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
9663       for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI)
9664         if (diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member))
9665           return;
9666 
9667       // No user-delcared constructors; look for constructor templates.
9668       typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl>
9669           tmpl_iter;
9670       for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end());
9671            TI != TE; ++TI) {
9672         CXXConstructorDecl *CD =
9673             dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl());
9674         if (CD && diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, CD, member))
9675           return;
9676       }
9677     }
9678     break;
9679 
9680   case CXXCopyConstructor:
9681     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
9682       SourceLocation CtorLoc =
9683         RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation();
9684       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9685       return;
9686     }
9687     break;
9688 
9689   case CXXMoveConstructor:
9690     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) {
9691       SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation();
9692       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9693       return;
9694     }
9695     break;
9696 
9697   case CXXCopyAssignment:
9698     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
9699       SourceLocation AssignLoc =
9700         RD->getCopyAssignmentOperator(0)->getLocation();
9701       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9702       return;
9703     }
9704     break;
9705 
9706   case CXXMoveAssignment:
9707     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) {
9708       SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation();
9709       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9710       return;
9711     }
9712     break;
9713 
9714   case CXXDestructor:
9715     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
9716       SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
9717       Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9718       return;
9719     }
9720     break;
9721   }
9722 
9723   typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
9724 
9725   // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
9726   // but not trivial destruction.
9727   if (member != CXXDestructor) {
9728     // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
9729     // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
9730     for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
9731       if (bi->isVirtual()) {
9732         SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
9733         Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
9734         return;
9735       }
9736 
9737     // Check for virtual methods.
9738     typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
9739     for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
9740          ++mi) {
9741       if (mi->isVirtual()) {
9742         SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart();
9743         Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
9744         return;
9745       }
9746     }
9747   }
9748 
9749   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
9750   switch (member) {
9751   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
9752     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break;
9753   case CXXCopyConstructor:
9754     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
9755   case CXXCopyAssignment:
9756     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
9757   case CXXDestructor:
9758     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
9759   default:
9760     llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member");
9761   }
9762 
9763   // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
9764   for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
9765     const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
9766     assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
9767     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
9768     if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
9769       SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
9770       Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
9771       DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
9772       return;
9773     }
9774   }
9775 
9776   // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
9777   typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
9778   for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
9779        ++fi) {
9780     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType());
9781     if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9782       CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
9783 
9784       if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
9785         SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation();
9786         Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
9787         DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
9788         return;
9789       }
9790     }
9791 
9792     if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9793       switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) {
9794       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9795       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9796         break;
9797 
9798       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9799       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9800       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9801         Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership)
9802           << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime();
9803         return;
9804       }
9805     }
9806   }
9807 
9808   llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member");
9809 }
9810 
9811 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
9812 ///  AST enum value.
9813 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
9814 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
9815   switch (ivarVisibility) {
9816   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
9817   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
9818   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
9819   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
9820   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
9821   }
9822 }
9823 
9824 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
9825 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
9826 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
9827                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
9828                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
9829                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
9830 
9831   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9832   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
9833   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9834   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9835 
9836   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
9837   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
9838 
9839   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9840   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9841 
9842   if (BitWidth) {
9843     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
9844     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
9845     if (!BitWidth)
9846       D.setInvalidType();
9847   } else {
9848     // Not a bitfield.
9849 
9850     // validate II.
9851 
9852   }
9853   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
9854     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
9855     D.setInvalidType();
9856   }
9857   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9858   // than a variably modified type.
9859   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9860     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
9861     D.setInvalidType();
9862   }
9863 
9864   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
9865   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
9866     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
9867                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
9868   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
9869   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9870   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9871     return 0;
9872   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
9873   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9874       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9875     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
9876     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
9877       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
9878       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
9879     }
9880     else
9881       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9882   } else {
9883     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9884         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9885       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
9886         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
9887         return 0;
9888       }
9889     }
9890     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9891   }
9892 
9893   // Construct the decl.
9894   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
9895                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
9896                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
9897 
9898   if (II) {
9899     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
9900                                            ForRedeclaration);
9901     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
9902         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9903       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9904       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9905       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9906     }
9907   }
9908 
9909   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
9910   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
9911 
9912   if (D.isInvalidType())
9913     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9914 
9915   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
9916   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
9917     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9918 
9919   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9920     NewID->setModulePrivate();
9921 
9922   if (II) {
9923     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
9924     // these to the interface.
9925     S->AddDecl(NewID);
9926     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
9927   }
9928 
9929   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
9930       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
9931     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
9932 
9933   return NewID;
9934 }
9935 
9936 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
9937 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
9938 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
9939 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
9940 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
9941                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
9942   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
9943     return;
9944 
9945   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
9946   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
9947 
9948   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
9949     return;
9950   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
9951   if (!ID) {
9952     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
9953       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
9954         return;
9955     }
9956     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
9957     else
9958       return;
9959   }
9960   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
9961   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
9962   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
9963 
9964   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
9965                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
9966                               Context.CharTy,
9967                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
9968                                                                DeclLoc),
9969                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
9970                               true);
9971   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
9972 }
9973 
9974 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
9975                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
9976                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
9977                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
9978                        AttributeList *Attr) {
9979   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
9980 
9981   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
9982   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
9983   // it will now change.
9984   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9985     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9986     switch (DC->getKind()) {
9987     default: break;
9988     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
9989       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
9990       break;
9991     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
9992       Context.
9993         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
9994       break;
9995     }
9996   }
9997 
9998   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9999 
10000   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
10001   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
10002   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
10003   if (Record) {
10004     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
10005                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
10006       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
10007         if (IFD->getDeclName())
10008           ++NumNamedMembers;
10009     }
10010   }
10011 
10012   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
10013   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
10014 
10015   bool ARCErrReported = false;
10016   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
10017        i != end; ++i) {
10018     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
10019 
10020     // Get the type for the field.
10021     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
10022 
10023     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
10024       // Remember all fields written by the user.
10025       RecFields.push_back(FD);
10026     }
10027 
10028     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
10029     // diagnostics about it.
10030     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10031       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10032       continue;
10033     }
10034 
10035     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
10036     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
10037     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
10038     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
10039     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
10040     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
10041     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
10042     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
10043     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
10044     //   array.
10045     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
10046       // Field declared as a function.
10047       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
10048         << FD->getDeclName();
10049       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10050       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10051       continue;
10052     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
10053                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
10054                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
10055                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
10056                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
10057       // Flexible array member.
10058       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
10059       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
10060       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
10061       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
10062         if (Record->isUnion())
10063           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
10064             << FD->getDeclName();
10065         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
10066           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
10067             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10068       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10069         if (Record->isUnion())
10070           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
10071             << FD->getDeclName();
10072         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
10073           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
10074             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10075       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
10076       if (Record->isUnion())
10077         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
10078           << FD->getDeclName();
10079       else
10080         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
10081           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10082       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
10083         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
10084           << FD->getDeclName();
10085         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10086         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10087         continue;
10088       }
10089       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
10090           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
10091         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
10092           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
10093         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10094         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10095         continue;
10096       }
10097       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
10098       if (Record)
10099         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10100     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
10101                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
10102                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
10103       // Incomplete type
10104       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10105       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10106       continue;
10107     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10108       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
10109         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
10110         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
10111           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10112         } else {
10113           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
10114           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
10115           // structures.
10116           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
10117             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
10118               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
10119           else {
10120             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
10121             // other structs as an extension.
10122             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
10123               << FD->getDeclName();
10124             if (Record)
10125               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10126           }
10127         }
10128       }
10129       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
10130           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
10131                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10132                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
10133         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
10134         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10135       }
10136       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10137         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10138     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
10139       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
10140       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
10141         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
10142       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
10143       FD->setType(T);
10144     } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10145       if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
10146         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
10147         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
10148         // so we just make the field unavailable.
10149         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
10150         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
10151         QualType T = FD->getType();
10152         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
10153         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
10154           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
10155           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
10156             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
10157               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
10158                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
10159             }
10160           } else {
10161             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct)
10162               << T->isBlockPointerType();
10163           }
10164           ARCErrReported = true;
10165         }
10166       }
10167       else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10168                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
10169                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
10170         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10171             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
10172           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10173         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
10174           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
10175           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
10176               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10177             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10178           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10179                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
10180                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10181         }
10182       }
10183     }
10184     // Keep track of the number of named members.
10185     if (FD->getIdentifier())
10186       ++NumNamedMembers;
10187   }
10188 
10189   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
10190   if (Record) {
10191     bool Completed = false;
10192     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
10193       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
10194         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
10195         UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
10196         for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end();
10197              I != E; ++I)
10198           Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
10199 
10200         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
10201           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
10202           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
10203               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
10204             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
10205 
10206           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
10207           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
10208 
10209           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
10210           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
10211           // problem now.
10212           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
10213             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
10214             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
10215 
10216             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
10217                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
10218                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
10219               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
10220                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
10221                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
10222                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
10223                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
10224                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
10225                   continue;
10226 
10227                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
10228                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
10229                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
10230                 //   program is ill-formed.
10231                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
10232                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
10233                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
10234                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
10235                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
10236                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
10237                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
10238                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
10239                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
10240                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
10241 
10242                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
10243               }
10244             }
10245             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
10246             Completed = true;
10247           }
10248         }
10249       }
10250     }
10251 
10252     if (!Completed)
10253       Record->completeDefinition();
10254 
10255   } else {
10256     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
10257       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
10258     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10259       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
10260       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
10261       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10262         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
10263         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10264       }
10265       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
10266       // duplicates.
10267       if (ID->getSuperClass())
10268         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
10269     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
10270                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10271       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
10272       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
10273         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
10274         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
10275         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
10276       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
10277       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10278       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10279     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
10280                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10281       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
10282       // reported as errors elsewhere.
10283       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
10284       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
10285       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
10286       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
10287       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
10288       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10289         if (IDecl) {
10290           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
10291               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10292             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10293                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10294             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10295             continue;
10296           }
10297           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl =
10298                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
10299                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
10300             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
10301                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10302               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10303                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10304               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10305               continue;
10306             }
10307           }
10308         }
10309         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
10310         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10311       }
10312       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10313       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10314     }
10315   }
10316 
10317   if (Attr)
10318     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
10319 }
10320 
10321 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
10322 /// the given type T.
10323 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
10324                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
10325                                         QualType T) {
10326   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10327   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
10328 
10329   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
10330     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
10331       --BitWidth;
10332     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
10333   }
10334   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
10335 }
10336 
10337 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
10338 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
10339 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
10340   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
10341   // enum checking below.
10342   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10343   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
10344   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10345     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
10346   };
10347   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10348     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
10349     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
10350   };
10351 
10352   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
10353   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
10354                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
10355   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
10356     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
10357       return Types[I];
10358 
10359   return QualType();
10360 }
10361 
10362 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
10363                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
10364                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
10365                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
10366                                           Expr *Val) {
10367   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10368   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
10369   QualType EltTy;
10370 
10371   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
10372     Val = 0;
10373 
10374   if (Val)
10375     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
10376 
10377   if (Val) {
10378     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
10379       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10380     else {
10381       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
10382       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() &&
10383           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10384         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
10385         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
10386         // constant expression of the underlying type.
10387         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10388         ExprResult Converted =
10389           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
10390                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
10391         if (Converted.isInvalid())
10392           Val = 0;
10393         else
10394           Val = Converted.take();
10395       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
10396                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
10397                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
10398         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
10399       } else {
10400         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10401           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10402 
10403           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
10404           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
10405           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
10406           // expression checking.
10407           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10408             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10409               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10410               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10411             } else
10412               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10413           } else
10414             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10415         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10416           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
10417           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10418           //   is the type of its initializing value:
10419           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
10420           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
10421           EltTy = Val->getType();
10422         } else {
10423           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
10424           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
10425           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
10426           //   representable as an int.
10427 
10428           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
10429           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
10430             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10431               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
10432               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
10433           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
10434             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
10435             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10436           }
10437           EltTy = Val->getType();
10438         }
10439       }
10440     }
10441   }
10442 
10443   if (!Val) {
10444     if (Enum->isDependentType())
10445       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10446     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
10447       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10448       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10449       //   is the type of its initializing value:
10450       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
10451       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
10452       //
10453       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
10454       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
10455       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10456         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10457       }
10458       else {
10459         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
10460       }
10461     } else {
10462       // Assign the last value + 1.
10463       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10464       ++EnumVal;
10465       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
10466 
10467       // Check for overflow on increment.
10468       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
10469         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10470         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10471         //   is the type of its initializing value:
10472         //
10473         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
10474         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
10475         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
10476         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
10477         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
10478         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
10479         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
10480         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
10481           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
10482           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
10483           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10484           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
10485           ++EnumVal;
10486           if (Enum->isFixed())
10487             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
10488             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
10489               << EnumVal.toString(10)
10490               << EltTy;
10491           else
10492             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
10493               << EnumVal.toString(10);
10494         } else {
10495           EltTy = T;
10496         }
10497 
10498         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
10499         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
10500         // value, then increment.
10501         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10502         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10503         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10504         ++EnumVal;
10505 
10506         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
10507         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
10508         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
10509         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
10510         // integral type.
10511         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
10512           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
10513       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10514                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10515         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
10516         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10517           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
10518       }
10519     }
10520   }
10521 
10522   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10523     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
10524     // enumerator's type.
10525     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10526     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10527   }
10528 
10529   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
10530                                   Val, EnumVal);
10531 }
10532 
10533 
10534 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
10535                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
10536                               AttributeList *Attr,
10537                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
10538   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
10539   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
10540     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
10541 
10542   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
10543   // we find one that is.
10544   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10545 
10546   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
10547   // scope.
10548   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
10549                                          ForRedeclaration);
10550   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10551     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10552     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
10553     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10554     PrevDecl = 0;
10555   }
10556 
10557   if (PrevDecl) {
10558     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
10559     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
10560     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
10561            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
10562     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
10563       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
10564         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
10565       else
10566         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
10567       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10568       return 0;
10569     }
10570   }
10571 
10572   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
10573   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
10574   // different from T:
10575   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
10576   // enumerated type
10577   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
10578                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
10579                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
10580     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
10581         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
10582       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
10583 
10584   EnumConstantDecl *New =
10585     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
10586 
10587   if (New) {
10588     // Process attributes.
10589     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10590 
10591     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
10592     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
10593     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
10594   }
10595 
10596   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
10597 
10598   return New;
10599 }
10600 
10601 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
10602                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
10603                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
10604                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
10605   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
10606   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
10607 
10608   if (Attr)
10609     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
10610 
10611   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
10612     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10613       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10614         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10615       if (!ECD) continue;
10616 
10617       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10618     }
10619 
10620     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
10621     return;
10622   }
10623 
10624   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
10625   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
10626   // emit a warning.
10627   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10628   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
10629   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
10630 
10631   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
10632   // reverse the list.
10633   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
10634   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
10635 
10636   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
10637   bool AllElementsInt = true;
10638 
10639   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10640     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10641       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10642     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10643 
10644     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10645 
10646     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
10647     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
10648       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
10649                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
10650     else
10651       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
10652                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
10653 
10654     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
10655     if (AllElementsInt)
10656       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
10657   }
10658 
10659   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
10660   QualType BestType;
10661   unsigned BestWidth;
10662 
10663   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
10664   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
10665   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
10666   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
10667   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
10668   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
10669   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
10670   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
10671   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
10672   QualType BestPromotionType;
10673 
10674   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
10675   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
10676   // enum definitions.
10677   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
10678     Packed = true;
10679 
10680   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10681     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
10682     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
10683       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
10684     else
10685       BestPromotionType = BestType;
10686     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
10687     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
10688     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
10689     BestWidth = CharWidth;
10690   }
10691   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
10692     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
10693     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
10694     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10695     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
10696       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
10697       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10698     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
10699                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
10700       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
10701       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10702     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
10703       BestType = Context.IntTy;
10704       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10705     } else {
10706       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
10707 
10708       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
10709         BestType = Context.LongTy;
10710       } else {
10711         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10712 
10713         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
10714           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
10715         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
10716       }
10717     }
10718     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
10719   } else {
10720     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
10721     // all of the enumerator values.
10722     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10723     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
10724       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
10725       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10726       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10727     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
10728       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
10729       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10730       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10731     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
10732       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
10733       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10734       BestPromotionType
10735         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10736                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
10737     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
10738                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
10739       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
10740       BestPromotionType
10741         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10742                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
10743     } else {
10744       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10745       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
10746              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
10747       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
10748       BestPromotionType
10749         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10750                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
10751     }
10752   }
10753 
10754   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
10755   // the type of the enum if needed.
10756   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10757     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10758     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10759 
10760     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
10761     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
10762     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
10763     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
10764     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
10765 
10766     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
10767     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10768 
10769     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
10770     // the enum decl type.
10771     QualType NewTy;
10772     unsigned NewWidth;
10773     bool NewSign;
10774     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10775         !Enum->isFixed() &&
10776         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
10777       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
10778       NewWidth = IntWidth;
10779       NewSign = true;
10780     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
10781       // Already the right type!
10782       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10783         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10784         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10785         // enumeration.
10786         ECD->setType(EnumType);
10787       continue;
10788     } else {
10789       NewTy = BestType;
10790       NewWidth = BestWidth;
10791       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
10792     }
10793 
10794     // Adjust the APSInt value.
10795     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
10796     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
10797     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
10798 
10799     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
10800     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
10801         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
10802       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
10803                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
10804                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
10805                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
10806                                                 VK_RValue));
10807     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10808       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10809       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10810       // enumeration.
10811       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10812     else
10813       ECD->setType(NewTy);
10814   }
10815 
10816   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
10817                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
10818 
10819   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
10820   // it needs to go into the function scope.
10821   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
10822     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
10823 }
10824 
10825 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
10826                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
10827                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
10828   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
10829 
10830   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10831                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
10832                                                    EndLoc);
10833   CurContext->addDecl(New);
10834   return New;
10835 }
10836 
10837 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
10838                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
10839                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
10840   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
10841                                                 Module::AllVisible,
10842                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
10843   if (!Mod)
10844     return true;
10845 
10846   llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
10847   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
10848   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
10849     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
10850     // We need the length to be consistent.
10851     if (!ModCheck)
10852       break;
10853     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
10854 
10855     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
10856   }
10857 
10858   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
10859                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10860                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
10861                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
10862   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
10863   return Import;
10864 }
10865 
10866 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10867                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10868                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10869                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
10870                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10871   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
10872                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10873   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
10874      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
10875 
10876   if (PrevDecl)
10877     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
10878   else
10879     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10880       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
10881 }
10882 
10883 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10884                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10885                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
10886   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
10887 
10888   if (PrevDecl) {
10889     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
10890   } else {
10891     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10892       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
10893         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
10894   }
10895 }
10896 
10897 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10898                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10899                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10900                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
10901                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10902   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
10903                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10904   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
10905 
10906   if (PrevDecl) {
10907     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
10908       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
10909         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
10910   } else {
10911     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10912       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
10913   }
10914 }
10915 
10916 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
10917   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
10918 }
10919 
10920 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
10921   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
10922   return D->getAvailability();
10923 }
10924